WO2008041591A1 - Radio device, image projection device, remote operation device, and image projection system - Google Patents

Radio device, image projection device, remote operation device, and image projection system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008041591A1
WO2008041591A1 PCT/JP2007/068711 JP2007068711W WO2008041591A1 WO 2008041591 A1 WO2008041591 A1 WO 2008041591A1 JP 2007068711 W JP2007068711 W JP 2007068711W WO 2008041591 A1 WO2008041591 A1 WO 2008041591A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
wireless
setting information
unit
image projection
image
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/068711
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Katsuhiro Amano
Katsura Uchida
Original Assignee
Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2006270125A external-priority patent/JP2008090561A/en
Priority claimed from JP2006355391A external-priority patent/JP2008165007A/en
Application filed by Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha filed Critical Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha
Publication of WO2008041591A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008041591A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00Details of television systems
    • H04N5/74Projection arrangements for image reproduction, e.g. using eidophor

Definitions

  • Wireless device image projection apparatus, remote control apparatus, and image projection system
  • the present invention relates to a wireless device, an image projection device, a remote control device, and an image projection system, and in particular, an image projection having a wireless unit and projecting an image according to image data received by the wireless unit.
  • the present invention relates to an apparatus, a remote operation device for remotely controlling the operation of the image projection device, a computer device for transmitting image data by wireless communication, a wireless device functioning as a wireless unit of the computer device, and an image projection system including these.
  • image projection devices such as projectors that input image data from a computer device or the like, display the image on a liquid crystal display element, and project the image on a projection screen by irradiating light have been widely used. Yes.
  • image projection device that projects an image based on image data using a DMD (Digital Micromirror Device) element.
  • DMD Digital Micromirror Device
  • This image projection apparatus is used in various ways in small-scale presentations at conferences and large-scale presentations that gather a large number of audiences and present their research results.
  • a computer device is placed in front of the presenter, and image data corresponding to the image displayed on the display unit of the computer device is transmitted from the computer device to the image projection device via a cable. Then, the image projection device performs an enlarged projection of an image based on the image data.
  • Patent Document 1 in an image projection apparatus, wireless communication setting information such as a WEP (Wired Equipment Privacy) key is projected onto a screen, and a user of a computer apparatus projects setting information projected onto the screen.
  • WEP Wired Equipment Privacy
  • Patent Document 2 wireless communication setting information set in a computer device is read via a USB connector using an information storage medium provided with a USB connector, and then the information storage medium is connected to the USB connector.
  • Patent Document 3 a USB memory storing the same information as the wireless communication setting information in the image projection apparatus and a driver program and a wireless connection module are bundled with the image projection apparatus and sold. Then, a USB memory is connected to the computer device, the wireless communication setting information and the driver program are automatically stored in the computer device, and then the wireless connection module is connected, so that the wireless connection between the image projection device and the computer device is established.
  • a technology to establish a connection has been proposed!
  • Patent Document 1 JP 2003-069923 Koyuki
  • Patent Document 2 JP-A-2005-202754
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-285091
  • a USB memory storing the same information as the wireless communication setting information in the image projecting device is connected to the computer device, thereby setting the wireless communication setting in the computer device.
  • a dedicated wireless connection module is required, so there is a problem in terms of development cost and manufacturing cost.
  • the wireless communication setting information in the image projection apparatus is fixed, once wireless communication setting information leaks, there is a risk that the wireless communication between the image projection apparatus and the computer apparatus may be intercepted. There is a security problem.
  • the wireless communication setting information remains in the computer device of the first group even after the first group uses it! /. Even when the group started using the image projection device, wireless communication could be continued from the first group, causing a security problem.
  • a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication, and an image corresponding to the image data.
  • a device including an image projection apparatus that projects the image, a remote operation apparatus that remotely controls the operation of the image projection apparatus, and a wireless device that is communicably connected to the image projection apparatus or the remote operation apparatus and the converter apparatus
  • the image projection device or the remote control device includes means for generating wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device and the computer device, and means for writing the wireless setting information to the device.
  • the device includes means for outputting the wireless setting information written by the image projecting device or the remote control device to the computer device.
  • an image projection apparatus that has a wireless unit and projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit.
  • An image projection system comprising: a computer device that transmits the image data to the image projection device; and a wireless device that functions as a wireless unit of the computer device.
  • the wireless device is configured to project the image.
  • And / or a connector that can be connected to the computer device, and when the connector is connected to the image projection device, the wireless communication setting information can be written from the image projection device, and When the connector is connected to the computer device, the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device can be read by the computer device.
  • a wireless communication unit that communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device according to the setting based on the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device when the connector is connected to the line setting information storage unit and the computer device; And a communication unit.
  • the computer device functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit by reading and executing the program from the program storage unit. Therefore, the wireless communication setting using the wireless device can be easily performed.
  • the wireless device includes an image transmission stop operation unit that instructs the wireless device to stop the transmission operation of the image data to the image projection device, and the image transmission unit includes the image transmission unit.
  • a stop operation unit When a stop operation unit is operated, a request for causing the image projection device to project the specific image may be transmitted to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit.
  • the wireless device may include a valid time in which the wireless communication setting function is included in the wireless communication setting information.
  • the wireless device may be provided with effective time extending means for extending the effective time stored in the wireless setting information storage unit.
  • image data of the computer device can be continuously projected from the image projection device. it can.
  • the image transmitting unit transmits to the wireless device! If it is determined that the effective time has elapsed, the wireless communication unit may be deactivated.
  • an image projection apparatus that includes a wireless unit and projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit.
  • the image projection apparatus in an image projection system comprising: a computer apparatus that transmits the image data to the image projection apparatus; and a wireless device that functions as a wireless unit of the computer apparatus.
  • a connection unit capable of connecting a connector of a wireless device; and a control unit that writes setting information of the wireless communication in a wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit.
  • control unit may be configured to stop the operation of the wireless unit for a predetermined period when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit.
  • control unit may be configured such that the power source of the image projection device is O When N, when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit, the wireless communication setting information may be written to the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device.
  • the image projection apparatus can be simply turned on. , Writing to the wireless device is done, excellent convenience
  • the image projection apparatus further includes a writing instruction operation unit that instructs the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device to write setting information of the wireless communication to the wireless device, and the control unit May be configured to write the wireless communication setting information to the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device when the write instruction operation unit is operated.
  • wireless communication setting information can be written to the wireless device at a timing desired by the user.
  • control unit determines that the identification information of the wireless device is not specific identification information! /
  • the control unit transmits to the setting information storage unit of the wireless device. Do not write the wireless communication setting information! / Or configure it! /.
  • the wireless communication setting information includes an encryption key in the wireless communication
  • the wireless communication setting information is stored in the wireless setting information of the wireless device.
  • a configuration information generation unit that generates at least the signal key among the wireless communication setting information may be provided before writing to the unit.
  • the setting information generation unit generates and updates at least the encryption key in the wireless communication setting information each time the image projection device is powered on.
  • the encryption key is known, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the wireless communication between the computer apparatus and the image projection apparatus will be intercepted after that. S can.
  • the encryption keys are different, the image data is erroneously transmitted from the computer device that has previously used the image projection device and the wireless device is attached, and is transmitted from the image projection device. Can be avoided
  • the image projection apparatus includes an update instruction operation unit for instructing an operation for generating and updating at least the encryption key of the wireless communication setting information, and generating the setting information
  • the unit may generate and update at least the encryption key in the wireless communication setting information each time the update operation unit is operated.
  • the wireless communication setting information may be configured to generate and update at least the encryption key.
  • the wireless communication setting information includes the wireless device. It may include a valid period for causing the wireless communication unit in the noise to function, and the setting information generation unit may generate the valid period.
  • the image data includes a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication.
  • An image projecting apparatus that projects an image according to the remote control apparatus, a remote operation apparatus that remotely controls the operation of the image projection apparatus, and a device that can communicate and connect to the computer apparatus and the remote operation apparatus!
  • the remote control device includes a wireless setting information generating unit that generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projecting device and the computer device, and at a predetermined timing.
  • a wireless setting information writing unit that writes wireless setting information to the device; and a notification unit that notifies the image projection apparatus of the wireless setting information written to the device.
  • a control unit you output the wireless setting information written to the computer system by the remote operation device.
  • the wireless setting information can be generated by the remote operation device, and the wireless setting information can be transmitted from the remote operation device to the device and the image projection device at the same time.
  • Setting information setting time can be shortened.
  • communication between the image projection apparatus and the computer apparatus can be performed based on the wireless communication setting information set by the remote control device, and high confidentiality! / Wireless device or image projection system can be used. Can be provided.
  • the remote operation device has a connector for connecting to the device, and the wireless setting information writing unit transmits the wireless setting information to the connector.
  • the device may be configured to write to the device.
  • the wireless setting information generation unit may be configured to update the wireless setting information when the device is connected to the connector! /, .
  • the predetermined timing may be a time when it is detected that the device is connected to the connector.
  • the remote control device includes a wireless transmission unit that transmits a wireless signal, and the device receives a wireless signal from the remote control device.
  • the wireless setting information writing unit may be configured to write the wireless setting information to the device by transmitting the wireless setting information by a wireless signal to the device. .
  • the wireless setting information is written into the device using a wireless signal such as an infrared signal, the wireless setting information can be easily written. Therefore, when there are a plurality of image projection apparatuses, the switching setting is facilitated.
  • the remote operation device includes a start control instruction unit for instructing start and / or stop of the image projection device, and the wireless setting The information generation unit may be configured to update the wireless setting information when the activation control instruction unit is operated.
  • the wireless setting information can be updated every time the image projection apparatus is used. Therefore, even when an image projection device is used for a conference such as a presentation and a computer device of an unspecified number of participants is used, image data is erroneously transmitted from the computer device that previously used the image projection device. Thus, transmission from the image projection apparatus can be avoided.
  • the predetermined timing may be a time when the activation control instruction unit is operated.
  • the image projection apparatus can be activated and wireless settings can be written to the device at the same time, and the image data transmitted from the computer apparatus can be projected more quickly in the image projection apparatus. Will be able to.
  • the device includes a connector connected to the computer device, and the remote device when the connector is connected to the computer device.
  • a wireless communication unit that communicates with a wireless unit of the image projection device according to settings based on the wireless setting information written from the remote control device, and transmits image data to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit.
  • a program storage unit that stores a program that causes the computer device to execute a function as an image transmission unit may be used.
  • the computer apparatus when the device is connected to the computer apparatus, the computer apparatus functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection apparatus via the wireless communication unit.
  • the power S makes it easy to set up wireless communication using the device.
  • the wireless setting information includes an effective time for causing the wireless communication unit to function, and the image transmitting means determines that the effective time has elapsed. Then, it can be configured to stop the function of the wireless communication unit.
  • the image projection apparatus receives a wireless signal from the remote control device via the wireless reception unit and the wireless reception unit from the remote control device.
  • the wireless unit is put into an operating state, and then it is determined whether wireless communication is being performed with the computer device via the wireless unit, and it is determined that wireless communication with the computer device is not being performed.
  • a control unit that puts the radio unit into a non-operating state when the fixed state continues for a certain state.
  • the remote control device sets the number of times that the wireless setting information writing unit can write the same wireless setting information to the device.
  • the wireless setting information generation unit updates the wireless setting information when the wireless setting information exceeds the number of times of writing by the wireless setting information writing unit.
  • image data is transferred from a plurality of computer devices to the image projection device.
  • Data can be transmitted, and an appropriate image projection system according to the conference can be provided.
  • the remote control device has an update suppression unit that suppresses the update of the wireless setting information by the wireless setting information generation unit, and the wireless setting information
  • the generation unit detects that the update suppression unit is operated, the generation unit does not update the wireless setting information! /.
  • an image projection device that has a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted by wireless communication from an external computer device, projects an image according to the image data, and the image projection.
  • a remote operation device that remotely controls the operation of the apparatus, and an image projection device or a device that can be connected to the remote operation device and the computer device.
  • the image projection device or the remote operation device includes the image projection device and the computer device.
  • Information generating means for generating wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the devices and information writing means for writing the wireless setting information to the device. The device is written by the image projecting device or the remote control device.
  • the setting time of the wireless setting information can be shortened, and the image projecting device and the computer device are based on the wireless setting information necessary for the wireless communication set by the image projecting device or the remote control device. It is possible to provide a highly confidential image projection system.
  • FIG. 1 is an overall configuration diagram of an image projection system in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a schematic operation in the image projection system in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 3 is an external view of a wireless device in the present embodiment.
  • 4 A block diagram of a wireless device in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the memory controller function unit of FIG.
  • FIG. 7] is a block diagram of an image projection apparatus in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the image projection apparatus in this embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of wireless setting information in the present embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 A flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the present embodiment.
  • 14 A flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the present embodiment.
  • 15 The image projection system in the other embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a schematic operation in the image projection system in another embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of processing of wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 20 A flowchart of the update processing of the wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 21 A flowchart of the wireless setting information writing process of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of processing of other wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 23] is a block diagram of an image projection device in another embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the image projection apparatus in the other embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the other embodiment [1].
  • FIG. 29] is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in another embodiment [2].
  • FIG. 1 shows actual results 2 is an overall configuration diagram of the image projection system S in the embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a schematic operation in the image projection system S in the present embodiment
  • FIG. 3 is an external view of the wireless device.
  • the image projection system S projects an image according to image data input from the outside onto an image projection device 3 and the image projection device 3 receives the image data.
  • a personal computer 4 for transmission hereinafter referred to as “computer device 4”
  • a wireless device 1 hereinafter also referred to as device
  • the computer apparatus 4 transmits image data to the image projection apparatus 3 through the wireless device 1 by connecting a USB connector 105 (see FIGS. 3 and 4) described later in the wireless device 1.
  • the image projection device 3 receives image data transmitted by wireless communication from the computer device 4 via the wireless device 1, and projects an image corresponding to the image data onto the screen.
  • the wireless communication between the image projecting device 3 and the wireless device 1 is performed so that the image projection is performed so that the wireless LAN (Local Area Network) standard such as IEEE802.l la / b / g can be satisfied.
  • the wireless LAN Local Area Network
  • Each of the shadowing device 3 and the wireless device 1 has a wireless unit compliant with the wireless LAN standard.
  • wireless setting information (hereinafter referred to as “wireless setting information”) that must be set is SSID (Extended Service Set Identifier), which is the network name, and WEP (Wired Equipment), which is the key. Privacy) key, etc., cannot be set without some knowledge, and the work is complicated.
  • SSID Extended Service Set Identifier
  • WEP Wired Equipment
  • the wireless device 1 is provided with a wireless setting information storage unit that stores the wireless setting information, thereby automatically setting the wireless setting information. I am going to do that.
  • the encryption key is changed at a predetermined timing to improve confidentiality.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a wireless communication setting procedure in the present embodiment.
  • the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the US of the image projection device 3. Connect to B interface 314.
  • the image projection apparatus 3 detects that the wireless device 1 is connected via the USB interface 314, the image projection apparatus 3 uses the information writing unit to transmit wireless setting information necessary for communication by the wireless unit of the image projection apparatus 3 to the USB.
  • the writing lamp 150 (see FIG. 3) of the wireless device 1 blinks to inform that the wireless setting information is being written.
  • the wireless setting information is generated using an information generating unit.
  • the timing for writing the wireless setting information used in the wireless unit of the image projection apparatus 3 is as follows: (a) When the wireless device 1 is connected to the image projection apparatus 3, (b) The power of the image projection apparatus 3 is turned on. When the wireless device 1 is connected to the image projection device 3 or (c) a setting write button 315 (see FIGS. 1 and 2) as a write instruction operation unit provided in the image projection device 3 When operated.
  • the wireless device 1 when the wireless device 1 is not a specific device, the wireless setting information is not written. This means that if the connected device is written to any device, the operation of the image projection system S will become unstable due to an inferior product (such as a copy product) of the poor wireless device 1. In order to avoid this, only a dedicated device can be used as a wireless device. Connected device power Whether the device is a dedicated wireless device 1 or not is determined by the image projector 3. The identification information given to the device can be read from the device, and for example, it can be determined by detecting that the part of the identification information indicating the manufacturer is specific information.
  • the wireless device 1 When the writing of the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 is completed, the flashing of the writing lamp 150 is terminated. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), the wireless device 1 is detached from the image projector 3, This time, it connects to the USB interface 401 of the computer device 4.
  • the computer device 4 When the wireless device 1 is connected to the computer device 4, the computer device 4 is connected to a device driver program (hereinafter abbreviated as “device dryer") stored in the wireless device 1, a wireless setting application program (hereinafter referred to as “device driver”). , “Wireless setting application”) and image transfer application program (hereinafter abbreviated as “image transfer application”).
  • the control unit of the computer device 4 retrieves the wireless setting information from the storage unit of the wireless device 1 by executing the wireless setting application, and stores the wireless setting information. Set the wireless communication part of wireless device 1 using the device driver.
  • the control unit of the computer device 4 functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device 3 via the wireless communication unit by executing the image transfer application.
  • the wireless setting information of the image projection device 3 and the wireless device 1 can be matched, and wireless communication between the image projection device 3 and the wireless device 1 becomes possible. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 2 (c), image data is transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3 via the wireless device 1 by executing the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4, and the image projection apparatus 3 An image based on the image data is projected on the screen.
  • the wireless device 1 is provided with an image transfer stop switch 140 as an image transmission stop operation unit.
  • the image transfer application of the computer device 4 detects the operation, stops the transfer of the display screen, and wirelessly sends a request for projecting a specific image from the image projection device 3.
  • the image is transmitted to the image projector 3 via the device 1.
  • the image projection device 3 projects a specific image.
  • This specific image is an image based on the image data stored in the image projection device 3 and can be, for example, a black image, a landscape image, an image on which a ⁇ signal is projected, or the like.
  • the user of the computer device 4 can easily stop the image transfer from the computer device 4, and it is possible to avoid the trouble of switching the screen of the computer device 4.
  • the wireless setting information set in the wireless device 1 by the image projecting device 3 includes an effective time during which the wireless unit (wireless communication unit 107 described later) of the wireless device 1 functions.
  • the image transfer application of the computer device 4 limits the time during which wireless communication by the wireless unit of the wireless device 1 can be performed by reading the effective time.
  • the wireless device 1 is provided with a communication time extension button 141 as an effective time extension means for extending the effective time, and the communication time extension button 141 is operated. Then, the image transfer application of the computer device 4 detects the operation, and changes it so that the valid time read from the wireless device 1 is extended.
  • the image transfer application of the computer device 4 has a function of receiving time information transmitted from the image projection device 3, and reads out the time information and the wireless device 1. Based on the valid time, it is determined that the valid time has elapsed. When it is determined that the valid time has elapsed, the function of the wireless communication unit of the wireless device 1 is stopped.
  • the image projection device 3 updates at least the encryption key in the wireless setting information.
  • the timing at which the image projection device 3 updates the wireless setting information is (a) when the power of the image projection device 3 is switched from OFF to ON, or (b) an update operation provided in the image projection device 3 When the update button 316 (see FIG. 1 and FIG. 2) as a part is operated, (c) when the period during which communication between the wireless device 1 and the computer device 4 is not performed becomes a predetermined period or more, etc.
  • the image projection system S configured as described above will be described in more detail with respect to its configuration and operation.
  • specific configurations and operations of the wireless device 1, the image projection device 3, and the computer device 4 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of the wireless device 1
  • FIG. 5 is a functional block diagram of the wireless device 1
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the memory controller function unit.
  • the wireless device 1 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, a ROM (Read Only Memory) 103, a flash memory 104, a USB connector 105, a USB connection circuit. 106, a wireless communication unit 107, an operation unit 108, a notification unit 109, and the like, and are designed to be portable and compact.
  • a CPU Central Processing Unit
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • the CPU 101 functions as a control unit of the wireless device 1 by reading and executing a control program stored in the ROM 103.
  • the ROM 103 stores identification information (for example, a MAC address), and the identification information can be transmitted to the image projection apparatus 3 and the computer apparatus 4 through the USB connector 105 under the control of the CPU 101. it can.
  • the RAM 102 is used as a working memory or the like by the CPU 101.
  • the flash memory 104 functions as a wireless setting information storage unit that stores wireless setting information and the like.
  • the wireless setting information includes, as shown in FIG. 9, wireless LAN standard type (band), network mode, network name (ESSID), wireless channel, authentication level, encryption level, data Includes encryption method, key number, IP address, subnet mask, DNS address, valid time, etc.
  • the network mode includes an infrastructure mode that requires an access point and an ad hoc mode that does not require an access point. In this mode, wireless communication can be performed directly between the wireless device 1 and the image projector. Is set to ad hoc mode.
  • the USB connector 105 is a general-purpose USB connector and can be connected to the USB connectors of the image projection device 3 and the computer device 4.
  • the CPU 101 transmits / receives data to / from these devices via the USB connection circuit 106.
  • the USB connection circuit 106 is an interface circuit for transmitting and receiving data in accordance with the USB standard.
  • the CPU 101 controls the wireless memory 104 so that wireless setting information can be written from the image projection device 3. Further, when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer apparatus 4, the CPU 101 is controlled so that the wireless setting information written in the flash memory 104 can be read by the computer apparatus 4.
  • the wireless communication unit 107 includes an antenna 110, an RF unit 111, and a baseband unit 112, and can transmit and receive data based on the wireless LAN standard.
  • the RF unit 11 is used.
  • the wireless communication unit 107 communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device according to settings based on the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3.
  • the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 is first read into the computer device 4, and the wireless setting information read in this way is combined.
  • the wireless communication unit 107 transmits the wireless setting information from the image projection device 3 to the wireless device 1 and transmits wireless communication according to the wireless setting information.
  • the former method will be described as an example.
  • the operation unit 108 includes an image transfer stop switch 140, a communication time extension button 141, a reset button 142 (see FIG. 3), and the like. When these buttons are operated, the CPU 101 performs the operation. Detect and perform processing according to the detected operation.
  • the image transfer stop switch 140 is a slide switch (corresponding to an example of an image transmission stop operation unit) for instructing stop of the transmission operation of the image data to the image projection device 3, and includes an image stop ON mode, This is a switch to switch between image stop and OFF modes.
  • this image transfer stop switch 140 is operated to the image stop ON mode side while connected to the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105, the CPU 101 notifies the computer device of the information to that effect. To do.
  • the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 receives the information, it executes a request for causing the image projection apparatus to project a specific image (here, a black screen image) via the wireless communication unit 107 by executing the image transfer application. Send to image projection device 3.
  • the communication time extension button 141 is an operation button (corresponding to an example of an effective time extension means) for changing the effective time in the wireless setting information stored in the flash memory 104, and is a push button type switch. is there.
  • the communication time extension button 141 is operated (pressed) while connected to the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105, the CPU 101 extends the effective time for wireless communication with the image projection device 3. Perform the process. In this process, the CPU 101 notifies the computer apparatus 4 that the communication time extension button 141 has been operated to the image stop ON mode side, and the computer apparatus 4 is taken out from the wireless device 1. By extending the valid time.
  • the computer device 4 reads the effective time written in the flash memory 104 of the wireless device 1 and stores it in the storage unit of the computer device 4 when performing wireless communication with the image projection device 3. In this way, it is determined whether or not the stored valid time has elapsed.
  • the effective time is extended by changing the stored effective time.
  • the valid time is extracted from the wireless setting information stored in the flash memory 104 by the CPU 101, and the extended time (for example, 1 hour) is added to this valid time to overwrite the valid time stored in the flash memory 104. By doing so, the effective time may be extended.
  • the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 reads the valid time from the wireless device 1 every time it determines whether the valid time has elapsed.
  • the notification unit 109 includes a writing lamp LED 150, an image transfer lamp 151, an alarm lamp 152 (see Fig. 3), and the CPU 101 lights or blinks these lamps depending on the situation.
  • the writing lamp LED 150 is blinked.
  • image data is being transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3, the image transfer lamp 151 is blinked.
  • the alarm lamp 152 is blinked.
  • These lamps are composed of LEDs or the like.
  • FIG. 5 shows a functional block diagram of the wireless device 1.
  • the wireless device 1 includes a USB interface function unit 120, a memory controller function unit 121, a USB hub function unit 122, and a wireless communication function unit 123.
  • the USB interface function unit 120 corresponds to the USB connector 105 and the USB connection circuit 106 in FIG. 4, and transmits / receives data to / from the image projecting device 3 and the computer device 4 based on the USB standard. Do.
  • the memory controller function unit 121 corresponds to the CPU 101 and the flash memory 104 in FIG. 4, and includes a removal recognition unit 124 and a flash memory 104 that function the flash memory 104 as a USB memory for storing wireless setting information. And a CD-ROM recognition unit 125 for functioning as a CD-ROM for transferring the image transfer program to the computer device 4, and the wireless device 1 is connected to the image projection device 3 and the USB hub function unit 122.
  • the computer 4 is recognized as a USB memory and a CD-ROM.
  • the wireless communication function unit 123 corresponds to the wireless communication unit 107 in FIG. 4, and is controlled by driver software installed in the computer device 4 when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the computer device 4. Is done.
  • the memory controller function unit 121 includes a removal recognition unit 124 and a CD-ROM recognition unit 125, as well as a radio setting application in the physical memory unit (part of the flash memory 104).
  • a plurality of application programs 130 such as an image transfer application, a device driver 131, an installer program 132, and wireless setting information 133 are stored.
  • the flash memory 104 as a physical memory unit may be configured by one flash memory or a plurality of flash memories.
  • the computer device 4 controls the wireless device 1 to transmit image data from the computer device 4 to the image projection device 3. It functions as a means.
  • the device driver 131 causes the computer apparatus 4 to execute a function of controlling the wireless communication unit 107 of the wireless device 1 by being installed in the computer apparatus 4.
  • the wireless setting application is installed in the computer apparatus 4 to cause the computer apparatus 4 to execute a function of setting wireless setting information or the like in the wireless device 1.
  • the installer program 132 is executed by the computer apparatus 4 to install the image transfer application 130 and the device driver 131 in the computer apparatus 4.
  • the image projection device 3 has a USB connector (corresponding to an example of a connection unit), a USB interface 314 that performs communication based on the USB standard, and a control panel 302 that performs various operations.
  • a control unit 303 that controls the entire image projection apparatus 3, a non-volatile memory 304 that holds information such as wireless setting information, and a clock circuit 30 that is a time measuring means.
  • a wireless unit 306 that performs wireless communication compliant with the wireless LAN standard, a video signal input circuit 307 that inputs a video signal from the outside, and a video signal or wireless unit 306 that is input via the video signal input circuit 307
  • a projection unit 308 that projects an image based on the image data received via the image data, and these are built in the housing.
  • the USB connector of the USB interface 314 may be force s to connect the USB connector of the wireless device 1.
  • the control unit 303 detects whether or not the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB interface 314. If the USB connector 105 is connected, the control unit 303 transmits and receives data to and from the wireless device 1.
  • the control panel 302 is provided at a position where the user can operate the image projection apparatus 3, that is, at a suitable position on the outer wall surface of the housing, and when the user operates the control panel 302, the control panel 302
  • the control unit 303 executes control according to the operation content.
  • the above-described setting write button 315 (corresponding to an example of a write instruction operation unit), update button 316 (corresponding to an example of an update operation unit), and the like are arranged.
  • the control unit 303 includes a CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like, and functions as a control unit when the CPU reads and executes a program stored in advance in the ROM.
  • the RAM is used as a working memory.
  • the non-volatile memory 304 is composed of, for example, a flash memory, and holds wireless setting information generated by the control unit 303.
  • the radio unit 306 is a wireless LAN standard that includes an antenna and an RF (radio) unit that transmits and receives radio signals via the antenna, and a radio signal that is transmitted and received by the radio circuit 312. And a wireless control unit 313 that performs processing for conforming wireless signals.
  • the wireless control unit 313 is composed of a microcomputer.
  • the video signal input circuit 307 is used when a video signal such as a composite video signal (eg, NTSC video signal) or a component video signal (eg, RGB signal) is input from the outside via a cable.
  • a video signal such as a composite video signal (eg, NTSC video signal) or a component video signal (eg, RGB signal) is input from the outside via a cable.
  • Projection unit 308 includes lamp drive circuit 320, light source 321, illumination optical system 322, transmissive liquid crystal panel 323 (hereinafter referred to as “LCD323”), imaging optical system 324, and image.
  • a processing circuit 325, an LCD drive circuit 326, and a focus adjustment circuit 327 are provided.
  • the light source 321 is composed of a lamp or the like, and is driven to light up and emits light based on a signal output from the lamp driving circuit 320 controlled by the control unit 303. The light emitted from the light source 321 is irradiated on the LCD 323 as illumination light by the illumination optical system 322.
  • the image processing circuit 325 Based on the control by the control unit U, the image processing circuit 325 performs processing such as addition or change of a signal on the video signal input to the video signal input circuit 303 or the image data received by the wireless unit 306. I do.
  • the image signal processed and generated in this way is input to the LCD drive circuit 326.
  • the LCD 323 is driven by the LCD drive circuit 326 and displays an image on its display surface.
  • the image thus displayed is emitted from the LCD 323 as light by the illumination light from the illumination optical system 322. Subsequently, the emitted light passes through the imaging optical system 324 and the projection opening of the housing, and is projected onto the screen (projection surface). In this way, the image force S displayed on the LCD 323 is projected onto the screen.
  • the focus adjustment mechanism can adjust the focus of the image projected on the screen.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of wireless information setting processing in the image projection apparatus 3
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of wireless setting information
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of effective time embedding processing in the image projection apparatus 3
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of encryption key automatic update processing in FIG.
  • the control unit 303 of the image projecting device 3 determines whether the power of the image projecting device 3 is turned on, whether the setting write button 315 is turned on (pressed), It is detected whether or not the wireless device 1 has been inserted (step S100). In this process, if any one of power ON, setting write button 315 ON and wireless device 1 insertion is detected (step S 100: YES), the control unit 303 proceeds to the process of step S 101. . On the other hand, when the power is turned on, the setting write button 315 is turned on, and the wireless device 1 is inserted! /, And no deviation is detected (step S100: NO), the process of step S100 is repeatedly executed.
  • step S101 the control unit 303 operates the function of the wireless unit 306, and the wireless unit 30
  • the transmission / reception of the radio signal in step 6 is started (step S101), and the process proceeds to step SI02.
  • step S102 the control unit 303 determines whether or not a USB device is inserted in the USB interface 314 (step S102). In this process, if it is determined that the USB device is inserted (step S102: YES), the control unit 303 acquires the identification information of the USB device (step S103).
  • the MAC address assigned to the USB device is taken as an example of identification information.
  • the control unit 303 determines whether or not the identification information of the inserted USB device is the identification information held by the wireless device 1 (step S 104).
  • the MAC address which is identification information
  • the upper 24 bits are the vendor ID
  • the lower 24 bits are the serial number assigned to each vendor.
  • the control unit 303 determines whether the MAC address of the USB device is a predetermined vendor ID and a predetermined serial number, so that the MAC address of the USB device is the MAC address of the wireless device 1. It is determined whether or not there is.
  • step S104 YES
  • the control unit 303 stops the function of the wireless unit 306, and the wireless unit 306 Wireless signal transmission / reception is stopped (step S105).
  • control unit 303 acquires the current time information from the clock circuit 305 (step S106), and further reads the connectable time from the nonvolatile memory 304 (step S107). At this time, the control unit 303 calculates the valid time based on the connectable time and the current time. For example, if the connectable time is 2 hours and the current time is PM2: 30, the valid time is PM4: 30. The date is also included in the valid time.
  • control unit 303 generates a sign key used in the radio unit 306 and the like (step S10 8), and the process proceeds to step S109.
  • the control unit 303 functions as a setting information generation unit that generates at least an encryption key of the wireless setting information before writing the wireless setting information in the flash memory 104 of the wireless device 1.
  • the encryption key is generated immediately before the wireless setting information is written to the wireless device 1.
  • the power key can be generated each time the image projection apparatus is turned on. . Also set Each time the write button 315 is operated, the key number key may be generated.
  • step S109 the control unit 303 reads the wireless setting information from the nonvolatile memory 304.
  • the wireless setting information read out here includes the network mode, the network name (excluding the encryption key and the valid time), as shown in FIG. Note that the information read in this way, the key number generated in step S108, and the valid time generated in step S107 become wireless setting information for writing to the wireless device 1.
  • the IP address an IP address different from that of the image projection apparatus 3 is set.
  • control unit 303 makes a write request to the wireless device 1 in order to start processing for writing wireless setting information to the wireless device 1.
  • the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 turns on the writing lamp 150 (step S110).
  • control unit 303 writes the wireless setting information to flash memory 104 of wireless device 1 (step S111).
  • the control unit 303 waits until the writing is completed (step S112), and when this writing is completed (step S112: YES), the process proceeds to step S113.
  • step S 113 the control unit 303 turns off the writing lamp 150.
  • step S112 NO
  • the process of step S112 is repeatedly executed.
  • step S114 the control unit 303 determines whether the wireless device 1 has been disconnected from the USB interface 314 (step S114). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has been removed (step S 114: YES), the control unit 303 resumes the function of the wireless unit 306 and enables the wireless unit 306 to transmit and receive wireless signals ( Step S115), the process proceeds to Step S116. On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has not been removed V (step S114: NO), the process of step SI14 is repeatedly executed.
  • step S102 If a USB device is inserted into the USB interface 314 in step S102 and V, na! / Is determined (step S102: NO), the process proceeds to step S116.
  • step S104 If it is determined in step S104 that the inserted USB device is not wireless device 1 (step S104: NO), control unit 303 causes the process to proceed to step S116. Note that even if the USB device is a device with a wireless part, its identification information is specified. If it is determined that the wireless device information is not valid, the wireless device 1 determines that the wireless device 1 is not! /, And the wireless setting information is not written.
  • step S116 control unit 303 determines whether or not the power is off. If the control unit 303 determines that the power is off (step S116: YES), the control unit 303 terminates this process. If the control unit 303 determines that the power is not off (step S116: NO), the control unit 303 The process is repeated from step S100.
  • control unit 303 of the image projection apparatus 3 in the present embodiment is a wireless device.
  • wireless setting information for performing wireless communication with the image projection device 3 is written into the wireless device 1.
  • the operation of the wireless unit 306 is stopped for a predetermined period after the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB connector 105.
  • the effective time may be embedded in the force encryption key in which the encryption key and the effective time are written in the wireless device 1 as separate information.
  • control unit 303 first generates a random variable (step S120). After that, the control unit 303 obtains information on the connectable time from the wireless setting information stored in the nonvolatile memory 304, and the connectable time thus obtained and the current time obtained from the clock circuit 305. The effective time is calculated based on the information (step S121).
  • the control unit 303 determines whether the sign key mode of the wireless setting information stored in the nonvolatile memory 304 is 64-bit or 128-bit (step S122). In this process, if it is determined that the mode of the ⁇ key is 128 bits (step S122: 128 bit), the control unit 303 sets the limit of the ⁇ key to 13 characters or 26 hexadecimal digits (step S). one two Three). On the other hand, if it is determined that the mode of the ⁇ sign key is 64 bits (step S122: 64bit), the control unit 303 sets the limit of the ⁇ sign key to a hexadecimal number of 5 characters or 10 digits (step S124).
  • step S125 the control unit 303 generates an encryption key (step S125).
  • This key number is generated under the conditions limited by the process of step S123 or the process of step S124. For example, in the case of 128 bits, out of 13 characters, the first 7 characters are composed of random variables, and the last 6 characters are composed of the date and time.
  • the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4 can set the valid time using the encryption key.
  • the CPU 405 of the computer device 4 can detect the valid time based on the encryption key by executing the image transfer application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of the encryption key automatic update process.
  • control unit 303 first initializes the elapsed time (step S 130).
  • the control unit 303 detects whether or not the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the USB interface 314 (step S 131). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the USB interface 314 (step S 131: YES), the control unit 303 starts counting up the elapsed time (step S 132), and performs the process in step S 132. Move to 133. On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has not pulled out the USB interface 314 (step S 131: NO), the control unit 303 determines that the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB interface 3. The process of step S131 is repeatedly performed until it is determined that 14 has been removed.
  • step S133 after acquiring the elapsed time counted up, the control unit 303 is in a state in which the wireless unit 306 of the image projection device 3 performs wireless communication! It is determined whether or not there is (step S134).
  • Step S134: NO the control unit 303 determines whether or not the elapsed time exceeds the allowable connection time (Step S135). On the other hand, when determining that the wireless unit 306 is performing wireless communication (step S 134: YES), the control unit 303 resets the elapsed time (step S 13 7), and the process proceeds to step S 131. Transition.
  • step S135 If it is determined in step S135 that the elapsed time has exceeded the allowable connection time (step S 135: YES), the control unit 303 updates the number key (step S 136) and automatically updates the number key. Exit. On the other hand, when determining that the elapsed time does not exceed the allowable connection time (step S135: NO), the control unit 303 shifts the processing to step S131.
  • the control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 has a period in which communication with the computer device 4 is not performed via the wireless unit 306 for a predetermined period or longer (for example, 2 hours or longer). In such a case, at least the encryption key of the wireless setting information is generated and updated, thereby reducing the load of the encryption key generation process.
  • a plurality of wireless devices 1 can be wirelessly set.
  • the control unit 303 needs to assign a different IP address to each wireless device 1.
  • the image projecting device 3 includes an update button 316 that instructs an operation to generate and update at least a signal key in the wireless setting information, and each time the update button 316 is operated, the wireless setting information is updated.
  • the wireless setting information is updated.
  • at least an encryption key may be generated and updated. High security can be ensured by updating the encryption key when the image projector 3 is left on and the user or use gnole changes.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram of a computer device 4 in FIG.
  • the computer apparatus 4 includes a USB connector 401, a USB bus controller 402, an LCD 403 as a display unit, a graphics controller 404 that performs processing for displaying on the LDC 303, A CPU 405 that controls the computer apparatus 4 as a whole, a memory 406 that stores programs and various parameters, and a first bus 407 that connects them are provided.
  • the computer device 4 includes a LAN interface 410, a mouse 411, a keyboard 412, a 0/0 ⁇ 0 drive 413, and a floppy (registered trademark) compatible with 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX. )
  • a disk drive 414, a node disk 415, and a second node 416 for connecting them are provided.
  • a bus controller 408 that controls data exchange between the first bus 407 and the second bus 416 is provided.
  • the USB connector 401 and the USB bus controller 402 process data transmission / reception based on the USB standard with a USB device such as the wireless device 1 or an external keyboard board.
  • the memory 406 stores an operating system (OS) program and an application program for presentation.
  • OS operating system
  • the CPU 405 first reads the OS program from the memory 406.
  • basic functions of the computer device such as functions related to input / output of the mouse 411 and the keyboard 412 and memory management such as the memory 406 and the hard disk 415 can be executed.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the wireless information setting operation in the computer apparatus 4, which is performed by the CPU 405 that is a control unit of the computer apparatus 4. That is the wholesale.
  • the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 is connected (step S200). Whether or not the wireless device 1 is connected! / Is determined whether or not the USB device is connected to the USB connector 401, and this USB device is specified when the USB device is connected. Judgment is made based on whether or not it has the identification information.
  • step S200 If it is determined in this process that the wireless device 1 has been inserted (step S200: YES), the CPU 405 starts an auto-run operation process (step S201). This auto-run operation process is the process of S220 to S227 in FIG. 14, and will be described later. On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is not inserted (step S200: NO), the process of step S200 is repeated.
  • step S202 determines whether or not the image transfer application is normally activated. In this process, if it is determined that the image transfer application has started up normally (step S202: YES), the process proceeds to step S203. In the following, the operations from step S203 to S216 are performed by functioning as an image transmission means by operating in accordance with the CPU405 image transfer application.
  • step S203 the CPU 405 requests the lighting of the image transfer in progress lamp 151 of the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401. Upon receiving this lighting request, the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 lights the image transfer lamp 151.
  • the CPU 405 starts transmitting image data to the image projection device 3 according to the screen (hereinafter referred to as "display screen") displayed on the LCD 403, which is the display unit of the computer device 4.
  • the CPU 405 power display image data is transmitted to the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401, and is transmitted from the wireless device 1 to the image projection device 3 by wireless communication.
  • the image projection device 3 receives the display image data, the image based on the display image data is projected onto the screen.
  • the CPU 405 transfers the image of the wireless device 1. It is determined whether or not the feed stop switch 140 is turned on (step S205). When the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 detects that the image transfer stop switch 140 has been operated to the image stop ON mode side (switch ON), the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 notifies the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105 to that effect. Notify information. When the notification of this information is received, the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 is turned on.
  • step S205 If it is determined in step S205 that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to ON (step S205: YES), the CPU 405 turns off the image transfer in progress lamp 151 of the wireless device (step S209). ), The process proceeds to step S210.
  • the wireless device image transfer lamp 151 is turned off when the CPU 405 issues a request to turn off the wireless device 1 image transfer lamp 151 via the USB connector 401 in the same manner as when the wireless device 1 is turned on.
  • step S205: NO the CPU 405 proceeds to step S206.
  • step S210 the CPU 405 transmits a black screen display instruction command, which is a specific image, to the image projecting apparatus 3 to the image projecting apparatus 3 via the wireless device 1, and the process proceeds to step S211.
  • the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 When the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 is operated to turn on the image transfer stop switch 140, the black screen display instruction is sent. A command may be transmitted.
  • the CPU 405 determines whether or not the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to the image stop OFF mode side (OFF).
  • the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 detects that the image transfer stop switch 140 is operated to be turned off, the CPU 101 notifies the computer device 4 of the information via the USB connector 105.
  • the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to the switch OFF.
  • step S211: YES when it is determined that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to be turned off (step S211: YES), the CPU 405 moves the process to step S206. On the other hand, the image transfer stop switch 140 of wireless device 1 is turned off. If it is determined that the operation is not performed (step S211: NO), the process of step S211 is repeatedly executed.
  • step S206 the CPU 405 requests time information (current time information) from the image projecting device 3, acquires time information transmitted from the image projecting device 3 in response to this request, and performs processing. Goes to step S207.
  • step S207 the CPU 405 determines whether or not the valid time has elapsed. Whether or not the valid time has elapsed is determined based on the time information acquired from the image projection device 3 and the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1. That is, whether or not the valid time has elapsed is determined by whether or not the current time acquired from the image projection device 3 is later than the valid time included in the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1.
  • step S207 YES
  • the CCU 405 displays a timeout message on the LCD 403 (step S212) and disconnects the wireless connection with the image projection device 3. (Step S213).
  • the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 is disconnected when the CPU 405 transmits a request for disconnecting the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 to the wireless device 1, and the wireless device 1 responds to this request. Is called.
  • the CPU 405 ends the execution of the image transfer application (step S214).
  • the CPU 405 determines that the predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes) has passed before the valid time, the valid time is extended before the valid time elapses. As shown, the LCD 403 displays that the effective time is approaching. Instead of or together with the display on the LCD 403, the CPU 405 transmits information indicating that the effective time is approaching to the image projecting device 3 via the wireless device 1, and is effective for the image projected from the image projecting device 3. You may try to superimpose information that time is coming!
  • the predetermined time for example, 5 minutes
  • step S207 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the computer apparatus 4 (step S208). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the computer apparatus 4 (step S208: YES), the CPU 405 displays an error message. Is displayed on the LCD 403 (step S215), and the execution of the image transfer application is terminated (step S216). On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has not been removed from the computer apparatus 4 (step S208: NO), the CPU 405 proceeds to step S205.
  • step S202 when the image transfer application is not operating normally (step S202: NO), or when the processing of step S214 and the processing of step S216 are completed, the CPU 405 ends the main processing.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of autorun processing in the computer apparatus.
  • This auto-run operation recognizes the wireless device 1 as a CD-ROM by the function of the CD-ROM recognition unit 125 of the wireless device 1 when the wireless device 1 is connected and automatically detects the wireless device. It works by reading 1 information.
  • the CPU 405 determines whether or not the device driver 131 is not installed in its own computer apparatus 4 (step S220). In this process, if it is determined that the device driver 131 is not installed (step S220: YES), the CPU 405 detects the device driver 131 for control of the wireless communication unit 107 stored in the flash memory 104 of the wireless device 1. Reading is performed through the USB connector 401, and the device driver 131 is installed in the local computer device 4 (step S221).
  • Step S221 When the process of step S221 is completed, or when it is determined in step S220 that the device driver is installed! / (Step S220: NO), the CPU 405 starts the wireless setting application ( In step S222), the wireless setting information held in the wireless device 1 is read out via the USB connector 401 (step S223).
  • the CPU 405 performs WLAN (wireless LAN) network setting (step S224).
  • This network setting is performed for the wireless device 1. That is, the CPU 405 transmits wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401, and the wireless device 1 performs setting of the WLAN network according to the wireless setting information.
  • WL AN network settings include the IP address, subnet mask, There are IP network settings such as DNS IP address and information necessary for wireless communication such as network name key.
  • step S224 determines whether or not wireless communication with the image projection apparatus 3 is connected via the wireless device 1, in other words, whether or not the image projection apparatus 3 is connected to the network. It is determined whether or not (step S225). In this process, when it is determined that the network connection with the image projection device 3 is established (step S225: YES), the CPU 405 activates and executes the image transfer application (step S226). On the other hand, if it is determined that the network connection with the image projection apparatus 3 is not established (step S225: NO), the CPU 405 performs an error message display process (step S227). This error message display process is performed by the CPU 405 displaying an error message on the LCD 403.
  • step S226 or the process of step S227 ends, the auto-run operation process ends.
  • the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 performs power control of the wireless device 1. That is, the wireless device 1 has the memory controller function unit 121 and the wireless communication function unit 123 as described above, and these power supplies can be separately controlled ON and OFF. As described above, since the memory controller function unit 121 and the wireless communication function unit 123 can be individually turned on and off, a highly reliable wireless connection operation can be executed within a limited power range as a USB device. it can. For example, in steps S220 and S223, the power to the memory controller function unit 121 is turned on, and the power to the wireless communication function unit 123 is turned off. In steps S224 and S227, the power to the memory controller function unit 121 is turned off and the power to the wireless communication function unit 123 is turned on. In addition, when copying the image transfer application stored in the storage unit of the wireless device 1 to the hard disk 415 of the computer device 4, the power to the memory controller function unit 121 is turned on, and the connection to the wireless communication function unit 123 is performed. Turn off the power
  • the wireless device 1 has the wireless unit 306 and projects an image according to the image data received by the wireless unit 306.
  • the device 3 functions as a wireless unit of the computer device 4 that transmits image data by wireless communication.
  • the wireless device 1 includes a USB connector 105 that can be connected to both the image projection device 3 and the computer device 4, and wireless setting information (when the USB connector 105 is connected to the image projection device 3) from the image projection device 3 ( Wireless communication setting information), and when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4, the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 can be read by the computer device 4 and the flash memory 104
  • a wireless communication unit 107 that communicates with the wireless unit 306 of the image projection device 3 according to the setting based on the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4 Therefore, communication between the image projection device 3 and the computer device 4 is performed based on the wireless setting information set by the image projection device 3. Can, it is possible to provide a highly sensitive wireless device 1 or the image projection system S.
  • the power described between the wireless device 1, the image projection device 3, and the computer device 4 by communication based on the USB standard is not limited to this, and communication may be performed by other communication standards.
  • FIG. 15 is an overall configuration diagram of an image projection system S ′ in another embodiment [1]
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining the schematic operation in the image projection system S ′ in another embodiment [1]
  • FIG. 7 is an external view of a remote control device according to another embodiment [1].
  • the wireless device 1 ′ in the other embodiment [1] has the same configuration as that of the wireless device 1 in the above-described embodiment except that the control program stored in the ROM 103 is partially different.
  • the image projection system S ′ in another embodiment [1] can be connected to the wireless device 1 ′ (corresponding to an example of the device) and the wireless device 1 ′.
  • the remote operation device 2 that remotely controls the operation of the image projection device 3 ′, which will be described later, the image projection device 3 ′ that projects an image according to image data input from the outside onto the screen, and the image projection device 3 Personal computer 4 that transmits image data (hereinafter referred to as ⁇ computer device 4 '') The ) And.
  • the wireless device 1 ′ is a USB dongle that has a function as a wireless unit of the computer apparatus 4 and a function as a memory.
  • the computer device 4 causes the wireless device 1 ′ to function as a wireless unit by connecting the USB connector 105 (see FIG. 3) in the wireless device 1 ′, and an image is projected to the image projection device 3 ′ via the wireless device 1 ′.
  • the image projection device 3 ′ receives image data transmitted by wireless communication from the computer device 4 via the wireless device 1 ′, and projects an image corresponding to the image data on the screen.
  • the wireless communication between the wireless device 1 'and the image projection device 3' is performed so that wireless LAN (Local Area Network) standards such as IEEE802.11a / b / g can be satisfied.
  • wireless LAN Local Area Network
  • Each of the line device 1 ′ and the image projection device 3 ′ has a wireless unit compliant with the wireless LAN standard.
  • wireless setting information (hereinafter referred to as “wireless setting information”) that must be set is SSID (Extended Service Set Identifier), which is the network name, and WEP (Wired Equipment), which is the key. Privacy) key, etc., cannot be set without some knowledge, and the work is complicated.
  • SSID Extended Service Set Identifier
  • WEP Wired Equipment
  • a wireless setting information storage unit for storing wireless setting information, thereby automatically setting the wireless setting information.
  • the encryption key and the like are changed at a predetermined timing to improve confidentiality.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a wireless communication setting procedure in another embodiment [1].
  • the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ' is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2.
  • the remote control device 2 detects that the wireless device 1 ′ is connected via the USB connector 201, the remote control device 2 stores information on wireless setting information necessary for communication with the wireless unit of the image projection device 3 ′ in the wireless device 1.
  • the data is written into the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device 1 ′ via the USB connector 201.
  • the wireless device 1 'writing lamp 150 (see Fig. 3) flashes and the wireless setting information is written to the user. Informed that it is busy. Further, the wireless setting information to be written to the wireless device 1 ′ is generated in the remote operation device 2 using the information generating means.
  • the timing when the remote control device 2 writes the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 ' is not only when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1' is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2, but also when the remote control device 2 This may be the case when an activation control button 231 (see FIG. 17) described later is operated.
  • the start control button 231 is a button for instructing start and stop of the image projection device 3 ′, and the remote control device 2 is connected to the image projection device 3 ′ every time the start control button 231 is operated. Repeat the start and stop instructions alternately.
  • the remote control device 2 may be provided with a start control button for giving a start instruction and a stop control button for giving a stop instruction.
  • the wireless device 1 ' is not a specific device, the wireless setting information is not written. This is because the image projection system S 'is unstable due to an unauthorized product (such as a copy product) of a bad wireless device 1' when writing to whatever device is connected. In order to avoid this, only a dedicated device can be used as a wireless device. Whether or not the connected device power is a dedicated wireless device 1 ′ is determined by the image projecting device 3 ′ by reading the identification information given to the device from the device, for example, a part of the identification information indicating the manufacturer. Can be determined by detecting that is specific information.
  • the flashing lamp 150 will stop flashing, so as shown in Fig. 16 (b), connect the USB connector 1 05 of the wireless device 1' to the wireless device 1 '. It is removed from the remote control device 2 and connected to the USB connector 401 of the computer device 4 this time.
  • the computer device 4 When the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB connector 401 of the computer device 4, the computer device 4 is connected to the device driver program (hereinafter referred to as “device device” stored in the program storage unit of the wireless device 1 '). Install a wireless setting application program (hereinafter abbreviated as “wireless setting application”) and an image transfer application program (hereinafter abbreviated as “image transfer application”). The control unit of the computer device 4 executes the wireless setting application to execute the wireless device. Requests the output of the wireless setting information written by the remote control device 2 to the station 1 ′.
  • wireless setting application hereinafter abbreviated as “wireless setting application”
  • image transfer application an image transfer application program
  • the control unit of the wireless device 1 ′ extracts the wireless setting information from the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device 1 ′, and outputs this wireless setting information to the computer apparatus 4 via the USB connector 105.
  • the computer apparatus 4 acquires the wireless setting information output from the wireless device 1 ′, and sets this wireless setting information in the wireless communication unit of the wireless device 1 ′ using a device driver.
  • the wireless device 1 ′ communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device 3 ′ based on the wireless setting information set by the wireless communication unit in this way, in other words, based on the wireless setting information written by the remote control device 2. It becomes possible.
  • the control unit of the computer device 4 functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device 3 ′ via the wireless communication unit by executing the image transfer application.
  • the remote operation device 2 notifies the image projection device 3 ′ of the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1 ′ by infrared communication.
  • the image projecting device 3 ′ receives the wireless setting information notified from the remote control device 2 by the infrared light receiving unit 310 and sets the wireless setting information of the own device.
  • infrared communication is used for communication between the remote control device 2 and the image projection device 3 ′, but radio communication using radio signals may be used as long as wireless communication uses wireless signals.
  • the remote operation device 2 has a wireless transmission unit that transmits a wireless signal
  • the image projection device 3 ′ has a wireless reception unit that receives a wireless signal from the remote operation device 2.
  • infrared communication will be described as an example of wireless communication.
  • the timing for notifying the wireless setting information from the remote control device 2 to the image projection device 3 ' is not only when the information transmission button 237 (see Fig. 17) described later is operated, but also the USB of the wireless device 1'.
  • the activation control button 231 provided on the remote operation device 2 is operated.
  • the remote control device 2 writes the wireless setting information to the computer device 4 through the wireless device 1 'and also notifies the image projection device 3' by wireless communication such as infrared communication.
  • the user can easily image projection device 3 'and wireless device 1'
  • the wireless setting information can be matched, and wireless communication can be performed between the computer apparatus 4 connected to the wireless device 1 ′ and the image projection apparatus 3 ′ while improving confidentiality.
  • image data is transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3 'via the wireless device 1' by executing the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4.
  • Projector 3 ' projects an image based on the image data onto the screen.
  • the wireless setting information set in the wireless device 1 'by the remote control device 2 includes an effective time during which the wireless unit (wireless communication unit 107 described later) of the wireless device 1' functions.
  • the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4 limits the time during which wireless communication by the wireless unit of the wireless device 1 ′ can be performed by reading this effective time. That is, when the image transfer application determines that this valid time has elapsed, the image transfer application stops the function of the wireless communication unit.
  • the image transfer application of the computer device 4 has a function of receiving time information transmitted from the image projection device 3 ', and based on this time information and the valid time read from the wireless device 1'. It is determined whether or not the effective time has elapsed. If it is determined that the valid time has passed, the function of the wireless communication unit of the wireless device 1 ′ is stopped.
  • the image projection device 3 when the image projection device 3 'receives the wireless setting information by the infrared signal from the remote control device 2, the image projection device 3' sets the wireless unit of its own device to the operating state, and then the computer device 4 via the wireless unit. It is determined whether or not wireless communication is being performed, and when it is determined that wireless communication with the computer apparatus 4 is not being performed, the wireless unit of its own device is set to a non-operating state.
  • the image projecting device 3 ′ is in wireless communication with the computer device 4 that the computer device 4 and the image projecting device 3 ′ are not only in the state of transmitting image data from the computer device 4 to the image projecting device 3 ′. Including a state in which a wireless link is established.
  • the remote control device 2 updates at least the encryption key in the wireless setting information.
  • the remote control device 2 is configured to be able to update the wireless setting information. Therefore, the confidentiality of the wireless communication between the computer apparatus 4 to which the wireless device 1 ′ is connected and the image projection apparatus 3 ′ can be improved.
  • the timing when the remote control device 2 updates the wireless setting information is when the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the remote control device 2 or when the start control button 231 provided on the remote control device 2 is operated. It can be.
  • the wireless device 1 ' is a remote control device. If the wireless setting information is updated when connected to 2, different wireless setting information is written to the plurality of wireless devices 1 ′.
  • the remote control device 2 can set the number of times that the same wireless setting information can be written to the device.
  • the number of times of writing is set by the method of setting the number of times of writing by the number of continuous operations of the update button 232, the number of times of writing by using the cross key 233, etc. There is a method of setting.
  • the configuration and operation of the wireless device 1 ′ will be described. Since the block diagram of the wireless device 1 in FIG. 4, the functional block diagram of the wireless device 1 in FIG. 5, and the block diagram of the memory controller functional unit in FIG. Only the explanation is omitted, and some explanations are omitted for the overlapping parts.
  • wireless device 1 As with wireless device 1, wireless device 1, CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101, RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, ROM (Read Only Memory) 103, flash memory 104, USB connector 105, USB connection It consists of a circuit 106, a wireless communication unit 107, an operation unit 108, a notification unit 109, etc., and is designed to be portable and compact (see Fig. 4).
  • the CPU 101 functions as a control unit of the wireless device 1 'by reading and executing the control program stored in the ROM 103.
  • the ROM 103 stores identification information (for example, a MAC address), and the identification information can be transmitted to the remote control device 2 or the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105 under the control of the CPU 101. it can.
  • identification information for example, a MAC address
  • the wireless setting information includes information similar to that shown in Fig. 9, and will not be described here in detail.
  • the USB connector 105 is a general-purpose USB connector, and can be connected to the USB connectors 201 and 401 of the remote control device 2 and the computer device 4.
  • the CPU 101 transmits / receives data to / from these devices via the USB connection circuit 106.
  • the USB connection circuit 106 is an interface circuit for transmitting and receiving data according to the USB standard.
  • the CPU 101 controls the wireless memory 104 so that the wireless setting information can be written from the remote operation device 2. Further, when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer apparatus 4, the CPU 101 is controlled so that the wireless setting information written in the flash memory 104 can be read by the computer apparatus 4.
  • the wireless communication unit 107 communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device 3 'according to the setting based on the wireless setting information written from the remote control device 2. .
  • the wireless setting information written from the remote control device 2 is first read into the computer device 4, and the wireless setting information read in this way is transmitted from the computer device 4 to the wireless device 1 ′ to perform wireless communication.
  • the former method will be described as an example.
  • the CPU 101 functions as an output means for outputting the wireless setting information written by the remote operation device 2 to the computer device 4.
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram of the remote control device 2.
  • the remote control device 2 includes a USB connector 201, a USB host controller 202 that communicates with other devices via the USB connector 201, and an image projection device 3.
  • Infrared transmitter 203 for transmitting an infrared signal to (corresponding to an example of a wireless transmitter), an infrared controller 204 for controlling the infrared transmitter 203, an operation button 205 operated by the user, and this operation
  • An input interface 206 that notifies the CPU described later that the button 205 has been operated by the user, a display unit 206 that displays various types of information, a memory 208 that is used as a working memory, and a clock that measures the current time, etc.
  • the input interface 206, the display unit 207, the memory 208, the clock circuit 209, the CPU 210, and the secondary storage device 211 are connected by a bus 216.
  • the CPU 210 functions as a control unit of the remote operation device 2 by reading and executing the control program stored in the secondary storage device 211.
  • the secondary storage device 211 can be constituted by the force S described as a single storage means and a plurality of memories (ROM, RAM, etc.).
  • the CPU 210 as a control unit of the remote control device 2, generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the wireless device 1 'connected to the computer device 4 and the image projection device 3'. Functions as a wireless setting information generation unit that writes wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 ′ at a predetermined timing.
  • the timing for generating (including updating) and writing the wireless setting information is as follows: (a) When the CPU 210 detects that the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201, (b) When the CPU 210 detects that the activation control button 231 provided on the remote control device 2 is operated, or (c) the CPU 210 operates the update button 232 provided on the remote control device 2.
  • the timing for generating the wireless setting information is detected by the CPU 210 from the USB connector 201 to the USB connector 105 force S of the wireless device 1 '. It's nice to have done it.
  • the CPU 210 functions as a control unit of the remote operation device 2 as a notification unit that notifies the image projection device 3 'of the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1'.
  • the timing for notifying the wireless setting information is (a) when the CPU 210 updates the wireless setting information, (b) the CPU 210 detects that the information transmission button 237 provided on the remote control device 2 has been operated. There are times, and which one to select is determined by the setting in the secondary storage device 211 by the operation of the left and right arrow keys 234, 235, the determination key 236, etc. by the user.
  • the CPU 210 notifies the current time information when notifying the wireless setting information.
  • the control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 ′ adjusts the clock circuit 305 based on the current time information notified from the remote control device 2 (see FIG. 23).
  • the CPU 210 functions as a control unit of the remote control device 2 and functions as a write count setting unit together with the operation button 205 in order to set the number of times that the same radio setting information can be written to the radio device 1 '. To do. In other words, the wireless setting information is not updated until the wireless setting information writing unit exceeds the set number of writings, and the wireless setting information is not updated. Control to update information. For example, when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2 while the update button of the remote control device 2 is being operated, the CPU 210 performs the number of writes to the wireless device 1 ′. Increase by one (see Figure 19).
  • the CPU 210 displays a warning on the display unit 207 and a warning from a warning sound output unit (not shown), and then within a predetermined time.
  • it has a function as an update determination means for updating the wireless setting information when a maintenance button 238 described later is not operated.
  • the wireless setting information includes the wireless LAN standard type, the network mode.
  • Network name wireless channel
  • authentication level encryption level
  • data encryption method key number
  • key number key number
  • IP address IP address
  • subnet mask DNS address
  • valid time etc.
  • the USB connector 201 of the wireless device 1 ' can be connected to the USB connector 201.
  • the CPU 210 detects whether or not the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201! /, Via the USB host controller 202. Send / receive data to / from device 1 '.
  • the operation button 205 is provided at a position where the user can operate the image projection apparatus 3 ', that is, at an appropriate position on the outer wall surface of the housing.
  • the CPU 210 executes control according to the operation content.
  • the operation button 205 includes the above-described start control button 231 (corresponding to an example of the start control instruction unit), update button 232 (corresponding to an example of the update operation unit), cross key 233, left arrow key 234, right arrow key 235, determination key 236, information transmission button 237 for transmitting wireless setting information to the image projection apparatus 3 ′, maintenance button 238 as an update suppression unit for suppressing wireless setting information update, to wireless device 1 ′
  • a wireless information setting button 239 for writing wireless setting information is arranged.
  • FIG. 19 is a flowchart of the wireless setting information process in the remote operation device 2
  • FIG. 20 is a flowchart of the wireless setting information update process in the remote operation device 2
  • FIG. 21 is a wireless setting information writing process in the remote operation device 2. It is a flowchart.
  • This operation is set in the remote control device 2 to update the wireless setting information and write the wireless setting information when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201. Further, it is an operation example when it is set to notify the wireless setting information to the image projection device 3 ′ when the information transmission button 237 is operated.
  • step S100 ' the CPU 210 detects whether or not the USB connector of the USB device is inserted into the USB connector 201.
  • step S100, YES the connection of the USB device is detected
  • step S100 ′ NO
  • step S100 ′ the process of step S100 ′ is repeatedly executed.
  • step S101 ' the CPU 210 acquires the identification information of the USB device.
  • the CPU 210 makes a request for transmitting identification information to the USB device via the USB connector 201, and acquires the identification information transmitted from the USB device in response to this request.
  • the MAC address assigned to the USB device is explained as an example of identification information.
  • the CPU 210 determines whether or not the identification information of the inserted USB device is the identification information held by the wireless device 1 ′ (step S 102 ′).
  • the MAC address which is identification information
  • the upper 24 bits are the vendor ID
  • the lower 24 bits are the serial number assigned to each vendor.
  • the CPU 210 determines whether the MAC address of the USB device is the MAC address of the wireless device 1 by determining whether the MAC address of the USB device is a predetermined vendor ID and a predetermined serial number. Determine whether or not.
  • Step S102 ′ YES
  • the CPU 210 shifts the processing to Step S103 ′.
  • step S102 ′: NO when determining that the inserted USB device is not the wireless device 1 ′ (step S102 ′: NO), the CPU 210 shifts the processing to step S100 ′.
  • step S103 ' the CPU 210 detects whether or not the maintenance button 238 is operated within a predetermined time after the wireless device 1' is connected. If it is determined that the maintenance button 238 is not operated (step S103 ′: NO), the CPU 210 determines that the secondary storage device 21
  • the wireless setting information stored in 1 is updated (step S104 ′). This process is shown in the flowchart of FIG. 20, and will be described later.
  • step S104 ' When the process of step S104 'is completed, or when it is determined in step S103' that the maintenance button 238 has been operated (step S103 ': YES), the CPU 210 receives the wireless setting information. Is written to the wireless device 1 ′ (step S105 ′). This process is shown in the flowchart of FIG. 21, and will be described later.
  • the CPU 210 detects whether or not the information transmission button 237 has been operated (step S 106 ′). The CPU 210 repeats this process until the information transmission button 237 is operated (step S 106 ′: NO), and when the information transmission button 237 is operated (step S 106 ′: YES), the infrared transmission unit 203 wirelessly transmits the information. Wireless setting information is transmitted to device 1 'by infrared rays (step S107').
  • step S108' determines whether or not the power supply of remote control device 2 is off. If the CPU 210 determines that the power of the remote control device 2 is off (step S108 ': YES), the CPU 210 ends the process, while if it determines that the power is not off (step S108). ': NO), the process is repeated from step S100'.
  • the CPU 210 functions as a notification unit that notifies the image projection device 3 ′ of the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1 ′.
  • the CPU 210 When the update processing of the wireless setting information is started, the CPU 210 first clears the key of the wireless setting information stored in the secondary storage device 211 (step S110 '), and then the wireless setting A key number is generated from the information (step S 111 ′), and the process proceeds to step S 112 ′.
  • step S112 ' CPU 210 reads the wireless setting information from secondary storage device 211.
  • the wireless setting information read out here includes the network mode and network name (excluding the encryption key and valid time) as shown in FIG.
  • the CPU 210 updates the wireless setting information by generating new wireless setting information obtained by adding the encryption key generated in step S111 to the information thus read and storing it in the secondary storage device 211.
  • Step S113 ' the wireless setting information is updated by updating the encryption key.
  • other encryption information (encryption level, data encryption) may be updated in addition to the encryption key.
  • band information ( ⁇ 802 ⁇ l la / b / g) and You can update your wireless channel.
  • the CPU 210 functions as a wireless setting information generation unit that generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device 3 ′ and the computer device 4.
  • step S 105 ′ details of the wireless setting information writing process in step S 105 ′ will be specifically described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • the CPU 210 When the setting process of the wireless setting information is started, the CPU 210 first makes a write request to the wireless device 1 'in order to start the writing process of the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1'. When this request is received by the wireless device 1 ′, the CPU 210 of the wireless device 1 ′ turns on the writing lamp 150 (step S120 ′). Thereafter, the CPU 210 reads the wireless setting information from the secondary storage device 211.
  • the wireless setting information read here includes the network mode, network name (excluding the valid time), etc., as shown in FIG. After that, the CPU 210 acquires information on the current time from the clock circuit 209 and further reads out the connectable time from the secondary storage device 211.
  • the CPU 210 calculates the valid time based on the connectable time and the current time. For example, if the connectable time is 2 hours and the current time is PM2: 30, the valid time is PM4: 30. The date is also included in the valid time.
  • the CPU starts processing to write the wireless setting information read from the secondary storage device 211 and the generated valid time to the wireless device 1 ′ as wireless setting information (step S121).
  • the CPU 210 waits until the writing is completed (step S122 ': NO).
  • the wireless device 1 ' requests the wireless device 1' to turn off the writing lamp 150. To do.
  • the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 turns off the writing lamp 150 (step S123).
  • the effective time may be embedded in the force encryption key in which the encryption key and the effective time are written in the wireless device 1 'as separate information.
  • the CPU 210 generates a random variable, obtains information on the connectable time from the wireless setting information stored in the secondary storage device 211, and the connectable time thus obtained and the clock circuit 209. The effective time is calculated based on the current time information obtained from (1). Then, the CPU 210 uses the random number and the valid time to Produces one. For example, if this key is 128bit, out of 13 characters, the first 7 characters are composed of random variables, and the last 6 characters are composed of the date and time of the valid time. By configuring in this way, the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4 can set the valid time using the encryption key. Further, the CPU 405 of the computer device 4 can detect the valid time based on the encryption key by executing the image transfer application.
  • the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 in the other embodiment [1] performs wireless communication with the image projection device 3 'when the wireless device 1' is connected to the USB connector 201.
  • the wireless setting information is written to this wireless device 1 '.
  • the confidentiality of wireless communication is improved by updating the encryption key each time wireless setting information is written to the wireless device 1 ′.
  • the same wireless setting information can be written to a plurality of wireless devices 1 ′ by operating the maintenance button so that the wireless setting information is not updated, thereby enabling a plurality of computer devices to be written.
  • Wireless communication is possible between 4 and the image projection device 3 ′.
  • the number of times of writing may be set by the left and right arrow keys 234, 235 and the enter key 236.
  • the number of times that the update button 232 is operated in a predetermined time may be set as the number of times of writing. The number of times of writing set in this way is stored in the secondary storage device 211.
  • the CPU 210 may display the setting information of the number of times of writing on the display unit 207 and the information of the number of the wireless devices 1 ′ in which the wireless setting information is actually written.
  • the remote control device 2 writes the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 'when the wireless device 1' is connected.
  • the wireless setting information may be updated when the button 231 is operated.
  • FIG. 22 it is assumed that the start control button 231 is operated in the remote control device 2. An example of an operation for updating the wireless setting information will be described.
  • FIG. 22 is a flowchart of the wireless setting information update process in the remote operation device 2.
  • the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 detects whether or not the activation control button 231 has been operated (step S 130 ′).
  • the CPU 210 detects this operation (step S130 ′: YES), and transmits a shutdown command that is a stop instruction to the image projector 3 ′ (step S131 ′).
  • the image projection device 3 ′ receives a shutdown command from the remote control device 2, the image projection device 3 ′ turns off a light source 321, an LCD 323, and the like to be described later in the projection unit 308, and puts the CPU 210 into a sleep state.
  • the CPU 210 performs update processing of the wireless setting information stored in the secondary storage device 211.
  • Step S132 ' the process proceeds to Step S133'.
  • the process of step S 132 ′ is the same as the process of step S 104 ′ described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • step S133 ' the CPU 210 detects whether or not a USB device is connected in the same manner as in the process of step S100'. In this process, when the connection of the USB device is detected (step S133 ′: YES), the CPU 210 proceeds to the process of step S134 ′.
  • step S134 ' the CPU 210 acquires USB device identification information in the same manner as in step S101. Thereafter, the CPU 210 determines whether or not the USB device identification information is the identification information held by the wireless device 1 ′ (step S 135 ′). ).
  • Step S135 ′ YES
  • the CPU 210 performs a process of writing the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 ′ (Step S136 ′). Since this process is the same as the process in step S105 ′ described above, description thereof is omitted.
  • the CPU 210 detects whether or not the activation control button 231 has been operated (step S137 ').
  • the CPU 210 detects this operation (step S137 ′: YES), and transmits an activation command as an activation instruction to the image projection device 3 ′ (step S138 ′).
  • the wireless setting information is transmitted from the infrared transmission unit 203 to the wireless device 1 ′ by infrared rays (step S 139 ′).
  • the wireless setting information is updated when the image projection device 3 'is shut down. However, the wireless setting information is updated when the image projection device 3' is activated. Also good.
  • the CPU 210 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 ′ is connected, and the wireless device 1 ′ is connected. If the wireless setting information is updated, an activation command is transmitted to the image projection apparatus 3 ′, and the wireless setting information is transmitted to the wireless device 1 ′ by infrared rays.
  • the remote control device 2 updates the wireless setting information when the start control button is operated, the wireless setting information is displayed for each start instruction or stop instruction of the image projection device 3 ′.
  • the wireless setting information can be updated every time the image projection device 3 ′ is used.
  • the CPU 210 detects whether or not a wireless device 1 other than the wireless device 1 ′ into which the wireless setting information has been written is connected, and another wireless device 1 ′ is connected.
  • the process proceeds to step S 136 ′, and the wireless setting information may be written to the other wireless device.
  • the same wireless setting information can be written to a plurality of wireless devices 1 ′.
  • the same wireless setting information means that the information excluding the IP address in the wireless setting information shown in FIG. 9 is the same.
  • the wireless setting information is updated by the remote operation device 2 when the wireless device 1 'is connected to the remote operation device 2 or when the activation control button 231 is operated. You may make it carry out by manual operation. That is, the remote control device 2 is provided with an update button 232 for instructing at least an operation for generating and updating an encryption key in the wireless setting information, and each time the update button 232 is operated, the wireless setting information is updated. At least you should generate and update the encryption key.
  • the image projection device 3 ′ includes an infrared ray receiving unit 301 (corresponding to an example of a wireless receiving unit) that performs infrared communication with the remote control device 2, and a control for performing various operations by the user.
  • a projection unit 308 that projects an image based on the image data received via the image data, and these are built in the housing.
  • the image projecting device 3 ′ has the same configuration as the configuration of the image projecting device 3 described above except that the processing by the control unit 303 and the configuration of the infrared
  • Infrared receiver 301 includes an infrared receiver 310 that receives an infrared signal transmitted from remote operation device 2, and an infrared controller that notifies controller 303 of the infrared signal received by infrared receiver 310. 311.
  • an infrared light receiving unit 310 an infrared ray ED or the like is used.
  • the control unit 303 controls the wireless unit 306 to receive image data transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 through wireless communication, and the projection unit 308 projects an image corresponding to the received image data.
  • the control unit 303 receives the wireless setting information from the remote control device 2 via the infrared reception unit 301, the control unit 303 sets the wireless unit 306 in an operating state and then performs wireless communication with the computer device 4 via the wireless unit 306.
  • the wireless unit 306 is put into a non-operating state when the state in which it is determined whether or not the wireless communication with the computer apparatus 4 is not in a certain state continues.
  • FIG. 24 is a flowchart of an example of basic operations in the image projector 3 ′.
  • the control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 ′ determines whether or not an activation command is received from the remote operation device 2 (step S200 ′). This determination continues until an activation command is received (step S200 ': NO). When an activation command is received (step S200': YES), the control unit 303 determines whether the light source 321 or LCD323 of the projection unit 308 Start operation. At this time, the control unit 303 maintains the state where the wireless unit 306 is stopped.
  • control unit 303 passes the elapsed time storage area set in the internal RAM.
  • the interval is initialized and returned to 0 (step S201 ′), and the process proceeds to step S202 ′.
  • step S202 ' the control unit 303 determines whether or not the wireless setting information is received from the remote control device 2 via the infrared line receiving unit 301. If it is determined in this process that the wireless setting information has been received (step S202 ′: YES), the received wireless setting information is stored in the nonvolatile memory 304 and the wireless function is turned on (step S203 ′). In other words, the control unit 303 operates the wireless unit 306 to enable wireless communication with the computer device 4. Thereafter, when the control unit 303 receives image data from the computer device 4 via the wireless unit 306 until the operation of the wireless unit 306 is stopped, the control unit 303 controls the projection unit 308 according to the received image data. The projected image is projected onto the screen (projection plane).
  • control unit 303 starts counting up the elapsed time (step S204 ′). That is, the control unit 303 starts a process of incrementing the elapsed time in the elapsed time storage area every predetermined time (for example, 1 second), and proceeds to the process of step S205 ′.
  • step S205 ' the control unit 303 stores the elapsed time in the elapsed time storage area and acquires the elapsed time. Thereafter, the control unit 303 determines whether or not a wireless connection is being established between the wireless unit 306 and the computer apparatus 4 (step S206 ′). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless connection is being established (step S206 ′: YES), the control unit 303 resets the elapsed time stored in the elapsed time storage area and returns it to 0 (step S207 ′). ).
  • step S206 ′ if it is determined that the wireless connection is not in progress (step S206 ′: NO), the control unit 303 stores the time in the elapsed time storage area and the elapsed time exceeds a predetermined time (for example, 1 hour). It is determined whether or not the power is high (step S 208).
  • a predetermined time for example, 1 hour
  • step S208 ' If it is determined in step S208 'that the elapsed time does not exceed the predetermined time (step S208': NO), the control unit 303 returns the process to step S204 '. On the other hand, if it is determined that the elapsed time exceeds the predetermined time (step S208 ′: YES), the control unit 303 turns off the wireless function (step S209 ′). That is, the control unit 303 stops the operation of the wireless unit 306 and proceeds to the process of step S210 ′.
  • step S210 ′ the control unit 303 discards (clears) the wireless setting information stored in the nonvolatile memory 304.
  • the control unit 303 determines whether or not a shutdown command has been received from the remote control device 2 (step S211'). If control unit 303 determines that a shutdown command has been received (step S211 ': YES), it terminates this process while receiving a shutdown command and determines that! /, NA! / (Step S211 ': NO), Step S200' will also repeat the process.
  • control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 'in the other embodiment [1] receives the wireless setting information from the remote operation device 2 via the infrared reception unit 301
  • the control unit 303 The wireless unit 306 determines whether it is in wireless communication with the computer device 4 via the wireless unit 306 and then determines that it is not in wireless communication with the computer device 4! /. Put 306 in a non-operating state. Therefore, when there is no communication between the computer device 4 and the image projection device 3 ′ for a predetermined period or longer, it can be determined that one presentation has been completed, so the key number can be changed for each presentation. Become.
  • the wireless unit 306 may be operated regardless of the state in which the wireless unit 306 is not wirelessly connected as described above. For example, after receiving the shutdown command of step S211 ′ without performing the processing of step S201 ′ and step S204 ′ to step S210 ′, the wireless setting information is discarded (the same processing as step S210 ′), and further wirelessly. Set the function to OFF (same as step S209 ').
  • the configuration of the computer device 4 in the other embodiment [1] is the same as the configuration of the computer device 4 shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the wireless information setting operation in the computer apparatus 4, and is controlled by the CPU 405 that is a control unit of the computer apparatus 4.
  • step S300 when it is determined that the wireless device 1 'has been inserted (step S300: YES), the CPU 405 starts an autorun operation process (step S301). This auto-run operation process is performed in the same manner as S220 to S227 in FIG. 14 described above. On the other hand, if the wireless device 1 ′ is not inserted (step S300: NO), the process of step S300 is executed repeatedly.
  • step S302 determines whether or not the image transfer application is normally activated.
  • step S302 determines that the image transfer application is normally activated.
  • step S303 the operations from Steps S303 to S309 are realized by the CPU 405 operating as an image transmission application by operating according to the image transfer application.
  • step S303 the CPU 405 requests the lighting of the image transfer in progress lamp 151 of the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401. Upon receiving this lighting request, the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 ′ lights the image transfer lamp 151.
  • the CPU 405 transmits image data corresponding to the screen (hereinafter referred to as “display screen”) displayed on the LCD 403 that is the display unit of the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3 ′.
  • display screen the screen displayed on the LCD 403 that is the display unit of the computer apparatus 4
  • the CPU 405 power display image data is transmitted to the wireless device 1 ′ via the USB connector 401, and this wireless device 1 ′ force is also transmitted to the image projection device 3 ′ by wireless communication.
  • the image projection device 3 ′ receives the display image data transmitted to the screen, an image based on the display image data is projected on the screen.
  • step S305 the CPU 405 performs a timeout process (step S305).
  • This timeout process is the process of S330 to S334 in FIG. 26 and will be described later.
  • Step S306 the CPU 405 determines whether or not the valid time has elapsed. This determination is a determination that the effective time has passed in step S331, which will be described later, and a determination that the effective time has passed and that the determination is “!
  • Step S306 when it is determined that the valid time has passed! /, NA! / (Step S306: NO), the CPU 405 removes the wireless device 1 'from the computer apparatus 4. It is determined whether or not (step S307). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is removed from the computer device 4 (step S307: YES), the CPU 405 displays an error message on the LCD 403 (step S308) and terminates the execution of the image transfer application. (Step S309). On the other hand, when it is determined that the wireless device 1 ′ has not been removed from the computer apparatus 4 (step S307: NO), the CPU 405 moves the process to step S305.
  • step S309 When the image transfer application is not operating normally in step S302 (step S302: NO), or when it is determined in step S306 that the valid time has passed (step S306: YES), the process of step S309 is executed. When the process ends, the CPU 405 ends this process.
  • FIG. 26 is a flowchart of timeout processing in the computer apparatus 4.
  • the CPU 405 first requests time information (current time information) from the image projection device 3 ', and in response to this request, the CPU 405 uses the time information transmitted from the image projection device 3'. (Step S330), and the process proceeds to step S331. As described above, the current time information of the remote control device 2 and the current time information of the image projection device 3 ′ are synchronized.
  • step S331 the CPU 405 determines whether or not the valid time has elapsed. Whether or not the valid time has elapsed is determined based on the time information acquired from the image projection device 3 ′ and the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1 ′. In other words, it is determined whether or not the valid time has elapsed, whether or not the current time acquired from the image projection device 3 ′ is later than the valid time included in the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1 ′. Judgment by
  • step S331 YES
  • step S332 the CPU 405 transmits a request for disconnection of the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 ′ to the wireless device 1 ′, and the wireless device 1 ′ responds to this request. Is done by.
  • the CPU 405 ends the execution of the image transfer application (step S334).
  • the CPU 405 determines that the predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes) has passed before the valid time, the valid time is extended before the valid time elapses. As shown, the LCD 403 displays that the effective time is approaching. Instead of or together with the display on the LCD 403, the CPU 405 transmits information indicating that the effective time is approaching to the image projection apparatus 3 ′ via the wireless device 1 ′, and the image projected from the image projection apparatus 3 ′. Information indicating that the effective time is approaching may be superposed on the image.
  • the predetermined time for example, 5 minutes
  • step S331 When it is determined in step S331 that the valid time has not elapsed (step S331)
  • step S334 the CPU 405 ends the timeout process.
  • the wireless device 1' has the wireless unit 306 and displays an image corresponding to the image data received by the wireless unit 306.
  • the image to be projected functions as a wireless unit of the computer device 4 that transmits image data to the projection device 3 ′ by wireless communication.
  • the wireless device 1 ′ has a USB connector 105 that can be connected to either the image projection device 3 ′ or the computer device 4, and the image projection device 3, when the USB connector 105 is connected to the image projection device 3 ′.
  • the wireless setting information can be written from “,” and the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 ′ when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4 is stored in the computer device 4
  • the wireless communication of the image projection device 3 ′ is performed based on the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 ′. Since the wireless communication unit 107 that communicates with the unit 306 is provided, communication between the image projection device 3 ′ and the computer device 4 is performed based on the wireless setting information set by the image projection device 3 ′.
  • a highly sensitive wireless device that can be It is possible to provide a shadow system s'.
  • the image projection system As another embodiment [2] of S ′, an embodiment will be described in which the wireless setting information is written from the remote control device 2 ′ to the wireless device 1, by wireless communication that transmits and receives wireless signals.
  • infrared communication for transmitting and receiving infrared signals will be described as an example of wireless communication.
  • the wireless operation device 2 updates the wireless setting information. Described here is the operation when the setting is made to update the wireless setting information when the update button 232 is operated.
  • the wireless device 1 ′ ′ is a wireless device provided with an infrared receiving unit 113 (corresponding to an example of a wireless receiving unit).
  • the infrared receiving unit 113 includes an infrared receiving unit 114 that receives an infrared signal transmitted from the remote control device 2, and an infrared control unit 115 that notifies the CPU 101 of the infrared signal received by the infrared receiving unit 114.
  • the wireless device 1 ′ has the infrared receiving unit 113 so that the infrared signal transmitted from the remote control device 2 is received by the infrared receiving unit 113 and notified to the computer device 4. To work.
  • An infrared LED or the like is used as the infrared light receiving unit 114. Since the configuration of the wireless device 1 is not different except that the control program stored in the ROM 103 is partially different, the description thereof is omitted. Further, the remote operation device 2 ′ is not different from the configuration of the remote operation device 2 except that the control program stored in the secondary storage device 211 is partially different, and therefore the description of the configuration is omitted.
  • FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the remote control device 2 ′.
  • step S140 ′ the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 ′ determines whether or not an ID issue command is detected.
  • whether or not the ID issue command has been detected is determined by whether or not the CPU 210 has detected the update button 232 (see FIG. 17).
  • step S140 ' when the ID issue command is detected, the CPU 210 updates the wireless setting information (step S141'). This process is the same as the process shown in the flowchart of FIG.
  • the CPU 210 controls the display unit 207 to perform a display for prompting the setting of the ID issuance permission number.
  • the user operates the left and right arrow keys 234 and 235 and the decision key 236 according to the display on the display unit 207 to set the ID issuance permission number.
  • the setting of the ID issuance permission number is stored in a predetermined area of the secondary storage device 211 by the CPU 210 (step S142 ′).
  • the CPU 210 functions as a write count setting unit that sets the number of writes that can write the same wireless setting information to the device.
  • CPU 210 determines whether or not wireless information setting button 239 arranged on operation unit 108 has been detected (step S143 ′).
  • the wireless information setting button 239 is detected by determining whether or not the user has operated the wireless information setting button 239 by the CPU 210.
  • step S143 ' If it is determined in this process that the wireless information setting button 239 has been detected (step S143 ': YES), the CPU 210 updates the number of issued same wireless setting information (step S143'). S144 '). That is, the CPU 210 increments the number of the same wireless setting information issued. This issued number is initialized and set to “0” during the process of step S142 ′. On the other hand, if the wireless information setting button 239 is not detected (step S 143 ′: NO), the process of step S 143 ′ is repeatedly executed.
  • CPU 210 determines whether or not the number of issued wireless setting information exceeds the issuance permission number set in step S 142 ′ (step S 145 ′). In this process, if it is determined that the number of issued wireless setting information exceeds the permitted number of issuances! /, NA! / (Step S 145 ′: NO), the CPU 210 performs secondary storage. The wireless setting information stored in 211 is taken out, and this wireless setting information is transmitted as an infrared ray signal from the infrared transmitter 203 to the wireless device 1 ′ ′ (step S146 ′). As described above, the CPU 210 does not update the wireless setting information until the number of issuances permitted (number of writings) set in the secondary storage device 211 is exceeded.
  • step S 145 ′ YES
  • the CPU 210 stores the CPU 210 in the secondary storage device 211.
  • the stored wireless setting information is discarded (cleared) (step S147 '), and the setting is information indicating that the wireless device 1''has reached the permitted number of issued wireless setting information.
  • a notification exceeding the permitted number is transmitted (step S 148 ′). Note that the transmission of steps S 146 ′ to S 148 ′ is performed by the CPU 210 transmitting these pieces of information as infrared signals from the infrared transmission unit 203.
  • the remote control device 2 transmits the wireless setting information every time the wireless information setting button 239 is operated until the set number of issuance permission is exceeded.
  • Wireless setting information can be written to each of a plurality of computer devices 4 connected with 1 ''.
  • FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the computer apparatus 4 ′. Note that the processing in steps S340 to S349 in FIG. 29 is the same as the processing in steps S300 to S309 in FIG. 25, so only S350 to S354 will be described.
  • step S342 whether or not the image transfer application has started normally is determined based on whether wireless setting information is set and image data can be transferred to the image projection apparatus 3 ′ by the image transfer application. Judge by whether or not.
  • step S342 if the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer application has started normally! /, N! / (Step S342: NO), the infrared signal from the remote control device 2 is a wireless device 1. It is determined whether or not it has been received by the infrared receiving unit 113 (step S35 0).
  • step S350 If it is determined in this process that an infrared signal has been received (step S350: YES), the CPU 405 determines whether the infrared signal is wireless setting information (step S35 Do) If it is determined that the signal is wireless setting information (step S351: YES), the CPU 405 updates the wireless setting information of wireless device 1 (step S354), that is, the wireless signal received in step S351. Based on the setting information, it operates the wireless device 1. On the other hand, if it is determined that the infrared signal is not the wireless setting information (step S3 51: NO), the CPU 405 receives it in step S350. Infrared signal exceeds the set number. It is determined whether it is a notification (step S352).
  • step S352 If it is determined in step S352 that the setting permission number has been exceeded (step S352: YES), the CPU 405 displays an error message indicating that wireless communication cannot be set (step S353).
  • Step S350 when an infrared signal is received in Step S350 and it is determined that the signal is incorrect (Step S350: NO), the infrared signal is sent to Step S351!
  • Step S351 When it is determined that is wireless setting information (step S351: YES), when it is determined in step S352 that it is not a notification that the number of permitted settings has been exceeded! / (Step S352: NO), CP U405 ( Also, the process proceeds to step S342.
  • the communication based on the USB standard has been described between the wireless device, the image projection apparatus, and the computer apparatus, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the communication may be performed based on another communication standard.
  • the wireless device can use a wireless unit of a force computer device provided with a wireless communication unit.
  • the wireless device can function as a wireless communication unit.
  • the deleted device can be used.

Abstract

It is possible to easily perform a communication connection work between a computer device and an image projection device or a remote operation device. A USB device includes a USB connector and a radio communication unit in a USB memory. Radio communication setting information can be written into the USB memory from the image projection device or the remote operation device when the USB connector is connected to the image projection device. When the connector is connected to the computer device, the radio communication setting information written from the image projection device or the remote operation device can be read out from the USB memory.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
無線デバイス、画像投影装置、遠隔操作装置及び画像投影システム 技術分野  Wireless device, image projection apparatus, remote control apparatus, and image projection system
[0001] 本発明は、無線デバイス、画像投影装置、遠隔操作装置及び画像投影システムに 関し、特に、無線部を有し、この無線部で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影 する画像投影装置、この画像投影装置の動作を遠隔制御する遠隔操作装置、画像 データを無線通信により送信するコンピュータ装置、このコンピュータ装置の無線部 として機能する無線デバイス、及びこれらを備えた画像投影システムに関する。  TECHNICAL FIELD [0001] The present invention relates to a wireless device, an image projection device, a remote control device, and an image projection system, and in particular, an image projection having a wireless unit and projecting an image according to image data received by the wireless unit. The present invention relates to an apparatus, a remote operation device for remotely controlling the operation of the image projection device, a computer device for transmitting image data by wireless communication, a wireless device functioning as a wireless unit of the computer device, and an image projection system including these.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 従来より、コンピュータ装置等から画像データを入力して液晶表示素子に当該画像 を表示し、光を照射して投影スクリーン上に拡大投影するプロジェクタなどの画像投 影装置が広く使用されている。また、 DMD (Digital Micromirror Device)素子 を用いて画像データに基づ!/、た画像を投影する画像投影装置もある。  Conventionally, image projection devices such as projectors that input image data from a computer device or the like, display the image on a liquid crystal display element, and project the image on a projection screen by irradiating light have been widely used. Yes. There is also an image projection device that projects an image based on image data using a DMD (Digital Micromirror Device) element.
[0003] この画像投影装置は、会議における小規模のプレゼンテーションや、多数の聴衆を 集めて自分の研究成果を発表する大規模のプレゼンテーション等において、多様に 使用されている。このようなプレゼンテーションは、プレゼンテーターの手前にコンビ ユータ装置を配置し、このコンピュータ装置の表示部に表示している画像に応じた画 像データを、コンピュータ装置からケーブルを介して画像投影装置へ送信し、画像投 影装置が画像データに基づいた画像を拡大投射することによって行われる。  [0003] This image projection apparatus is used in various ways in small-scale presentations at conferences and large-scale presentations that gather a large number of audiences and present their research results. For such a presentation, a computer device is placed in front of the presenter, and image data corresponding to the image displayed on the display unit of the computer device is transmitted from the computer device to the image projection device via a cable. Then, the image projection device performs an enlarged projection of an image based on the image data.
[0004] ところで、画像投影装置で画像を投影するためには、上述のようにコンピュータ装 置と画像投影装置とをケーブルによって接続する必要となる。そのため、ケーブルの 準備や接続の作業が発生し煩雑になる。しかも、プレゼンテーターのコンピュータ装 置と画像投影装置との距離に応じたケーブルを用意する必要がある。  [0004] By the way, in order to project an image with the image projecting device, it is necessary to connect the computer device and the image projecting device with a cable as described above. As a result, cable preparation and connection work occur and become complicated. In addition, it is necessary to prepare a cable corresponding to the distance between the computer device of the presenter and the image projection device.
[0005] そこで、近年、IEEE802· l la/b/gなどの無線LAN (Local Area Network) に対応した画像投影装置が提供されてきており、コンピュータ装置力 画像投影装 置への画像データの送信を無線通信によって行うことによって、利便性を向上させて いる。 [0006] ところで、コンピュータ装置を無線 LAN対応の画像投影装置に無線接続するため には、コンピュータ装置と画像投影装置のそれぞれにつ!/、て無線通信の設定を行う 必要がある。しかし、無線通信の設定にはある程度の知識を要し、容易に設定するこ とができない場合も多い。そこで、この無線通信の設定の作業性を向上させるものが 提案されている。 [0005] Therefore, in recent years, image projection apparatuses compatible with wireless LAN (Local Area Network) such as IEEE802.lla / b / g have been provided, and transmission of image data to computer-powered image projection apparatuses. By using wireless communication, convenience is improved. [0006] By the way, in order to wirelessly connect a computer apparatus to a wireless LAN compatible image projection apparatus, it is necessary to set wireless communication for each of the computer apparatus and the image projection apparatus. However, wireless communication settings require a certain amount of knowledge and cannot be easily set. Therefore, there has been proposed one that improves the workability of the wireless communication setting.
[0007] 例えば、特許文献 1では、画像投影装置において、 WEP (Wired Equipment P rivacy)キーなどの無線通信の設定情報をスクリーンに投影し、コンピュータ装置の 利用者がスクリーンに投影された設定情報を見ながら、コンピュータ装置へ入力する ことによって、コンピュータ装置と画像投影装置との無線接続を確立する技術が提案 されている。  [0007] For example, in Patent Document 1, in an image projection apparatus, wireless communication setting information such as a WEP (Wired Equipment Privacy) key is projected onto a screen, and a user of a computer apparatus projects setting information projected onto the screen. A technique for establishing a wireless connection between a computer device and an image projection device by inputting to the computer device while watching is proposed.
[0008] また、特許文献 2では、 USBコネクタを備えた情報記憶媒体によって、コンピュータ 装置に設定されている無線通信の設定情報を USBコネクタを介して読み取り、その 後、情報記憶媒体を USBコネクタを介して画像投影装置に接続することにより、コン ピュータ装置から読み取った無線通信の設定情報を画像投影装置に設定する技術 が提案されている。  [0008] Further, in Patent Document 2, wireless communication setting information set in a computer device is read via a USB connector using an information storage medium provided with a USB connector, and then the information storage medium is connected to the USB connector. There has been proposed a technology for setting wireless communication setting information read from a computer device to the image projection device by connecting to the image projection device via the computer.
[0009] また、特許文献 3では、画像投影装置における無線通信の設定情報と同一の情報 を記憶すると共にドライバプログラムを記憶した USBメモリと、無線接続モジュールと を画像投影装置と同梱して販売し、コンピュータ装置に USBメモリを接続して、無線 通信の設定情報とドライバプログラムとをコンピュータ装置に自動的に収納し、その後 無線接続モジュールを接続することによって、画像投影装置とコンピュータ装置との 無線接続を確立する技術が提案されて!/、る。  [0009] In Patent Document 3, a USB memory storing the same information as the wireless communication setting information in the image projection apparatus and a driver program and a wireless connection module are bundled with the image projection apparatus and sold. Then, a USB memory is connected to the computer device, the wireless communication setting information and the driver program are automatically stored in the computer device, and then the wireless connection module is connected, so that the wireless connection between the image projection device and the computer device is established. A technology to establish a connection has been proposed!
特許文献 1 :特開 2003— 069923号公幸  Patent Document 1: JP 2003-069923 Koyuki
特許文献 2:特開 2005— 202754号公報  Patent Document 2: JP-A-2005-202754
特許文献 3 :特開 2005— 285091号公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-285091
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0010] しかしながら、特許文献 1に記載の技術では、画像投影装置における無線通信の 設定情報を視覚的に把握することができるものの、コンピュータ装置への無線通信の 設定情報は手動で行わなければならず、ある程度の知識と時間が必要である。 [0010] However, with the technique described in Patent Document 1, although it is possible to visually grasp the setting information of the wireless communication in the image projection device, the wireless communication to the computer device is not possible. Setting information must be done manually and requires some knowledge and time.
[0011] また、特許文献 2に記載の技術では、無線通信の設定情報を手動で入力する必要 がな!/、点で利点がある力 コンピュータ装置に設定されて!/、る無線通信の設定情報 を画像投影装置に設定することになることから、例えば、会議などで画像投影装置に 投影させる画像を出力するコンピュータ装置を切り替えなければならないときには、 切り替え先のコンピュータ装置に USBコネクタを備えた情報記憶媒体を接続した後、 更に、画像投影装置に接続する必要があり、作業が煩雑となる。しかも、コンピュータ 装置に、予め WEPキーなどの暗号情報の設定やアクセスポイントとしての設定などを 手動で行わなければならず、特許文献 1の記載の技術と同様に、ある程度の知識と 時間が必要である。 [0011] In addition, in the technique described in Patent Document 2, there is no need to manually input wireless communication setting information! /, Which is advantageous in that it is set in a computer device! /, Wireless communication setting Since the information is set in the image projection device, for example, when it is necessary to switch the computer device that outputs the image to be projected on the image projection device in a meeting or the like, the information provided with the USB connector in the switching destination computer device After connecting the storage medium, it is further necessary to connect to the image projection apparatus, and the work becomes complicated. In addition, encryption information such as WEP keys and settings as access points must be manually set in advance in the computer device, and a certain amount of knowledge and time are required as in the technique described in Patent Document 1. is there.
[0012] また、特許文献 3に記載の技術では、画像投影装置における無線通信の設定情報 と同一の情報を記憶した USBメモリをコンピュータ装置に接続することにより、コンビ ユータ装置に無線通信の設定を自動で行うことができる点で特許文献 1及び特許文 献 2に比べて優れている力 USBメモリ以外に、専用の無線接続モジュールが必要 となるため開発コスト及び製造コストの面で問題がある。しかも、画像投影装置におけ る無線通信の設定情報は、固定であることから、一旦無線通信の設定情報が漏洩し てしまうと、画像投影装置とコンピュータ装置との無線通信を傍受されてしまう恐れが あり、セキュリティ上問題がある。例えば、画像投影装置を複数グループで共用する 場合など、第 1のグループが使ったあとでも無線通信の設定情報は第 1のグループ のコンピュータ装置に残って!/、るので、次の第 2のグループが画像投影装置を使用 開始しても、第 1のグループから継続して無線通信が可能となり、セキュリティ上問題 があった。  [0012] In the technique described in Patent Document 3, a USB memory storing the same information as the wireless communication setting information in the image projecting device is connected to the computer device, thereby setting the wireless communication setting in the computer device. Power that is superior to Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 in that it can be performed automatically. In addition to USB memory, a dedicated wireless connection module is required, so there is a problem in terms of development cost and manufacturing cost. Moreover, since the wireless communication setting information in the image projection apparatus is fixed, once wireless communication setting information leaks, there is a risk that the wireless communication between the image projection apparatus and the computer apparatus may be intercepted. There is a security problem. For example, when the image projection device is shared by multiple groups, the wireless communication setting information remains in the computer device of the first group even after the first group uses it! /. Even when the group started using the image projection device, wireless communication could be continued from the first group, causing a security problem.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0013] 上記課題を解決するために、本発明の一つの観点によれば、外部のコンピュータ 装置から無線通信により送信される画像データを受信する無線部を有し、前記画像 データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、この画像投影装置の動作を遠隔制 御する遠隔操作装置と、前記画像投影装置又は前記遠隔操作装置と前記コンビュ ータ装置とに通信接続可能な無線デバイスを含むデバイスとを備えた画像投影シス テムにおいて、前記画像投影装置又は遠隔操作装置は、前記画像投影装置と前記 コンピュータ装置間の無線通信に必要な無線設定情報を生成する手段と、前記無線 設定情報を前記デバイスに書き込む手段と、を有し、前記デバイスは、前記画像投 影装置又は前記遠隔操作装置によって書き込まれた前記無線設定情報を前記コン ピュータ装置へ出力する手段を有する構成とした。 [0013] In order to solve the above-described problem, according to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication, and an image corresponding to the image data. A device including an image projection apparatus that projects the image, a remote operation apparatus that remotely controls the operation of the image projection apparatus, and a wireless device that is communicably connected to the image projection apparatus or the remote operation apparatus and the converter apparatus And image projection system In the system, the image projection device or the remote control device includes means for generating wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device and the computer device, and means for writing the wireless setting information to the device. And the device includes means for outputting the wireless setting information written by the image projecting device or the remote control device to the computer device.
[0014] このように構成することにより、無線通信に必要な無線設定情報を手動でコンビユー タ装置へ設定する必要がなレ、ので、無線設定情報の設定時間を短縮することができ 、また、画像投影装置又は遠隔操作装置によって設定された無線通信に必要な無 線設定情報に基いて、画像投影装置とコンピュータ装置との間の通信を行うことがで き、機密性の高レ、無線デバイス或いは画像投影システムを提供することが可能となるWith this configuration, it is not necessary to manually set the wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication in the computer device, so that the setting time of the wireless setting information can be shortened. Based on the wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication set by the image projection device or remote control device, communication between the image projection device and the computer device can be performed. Alternatively, an image projection system can be provided.
Yes
[0015] また、上記課題を解決するために、本発明の他の観点によれば、無線部を有し、前 記無線部で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、前記画 像投影装置に前記画像データを送信するコンピュータ装置と、前記コンピュータ装置 の無線部として機能する無線デバイスとを備えた画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記 無線デバイスは、前記画像投影装置及び前記コンピュータ装置の!/、ずれにも接続可 能なコネクタと、前記画像投影装置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影 装置から前記無線通信の設定情報を書き込み可能であり、かつ前記コンピュータ装 置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から書き込まれた前記無線 通信の設定情報を前記コンピュータ装置により読み出し可能な無線設定情報記憶部 と、前記コンピュータ装置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から 書き込まれた前記無線通信の設定情報に基づいた設定により前記画像投影装置の 無線部と通信を行う無線通信部とを備える。  [0015] In order to solve the above-described problem, according to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an image projection apparatus that has a wireless unit and projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit. An image projection system comprising: a computer device that transmits the image data to the image projection device; and a wireless device that functions as a wireless unit of the computer device. The wireless device is configured to project the image. And / or a connector that can be connected to the computer device, and when the connector is connected to the image projection device, the wireless communication setting information can be written from the image projection device, and When the connector is connected to the computer device, the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device can be read by the computer device. A wireless communication unit that communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device according to the setting based on the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device when the connector is connected to the line setting information storage unit and the computer device; And a communication unit.
[0016] このように構成することにより、無線通信に必要な無線設定情報を手動でコンビユー タ装置へ設定する必要がなレ、ので、無線設定情報の設定時間を短縮することができ 、また、画像投影装置によって設定された無線通信の設定情報に基いて、画像投影 装置とコンピュータ装置との間の通信を行うことができ、機密性の高い画像投影シス テムを提供することが可能となる。 [0017] また、前記無線デバイスにおレ、て、前記画像投影装置に画像データを前記無線通 信部を介して送信する画像送信手段として前記コンピュータ装置を機能させるプログ ラムを格納するプログラム格納部を備えた構成にしてもよい。 [0016] By configuring in this way, it is not necessary to manually set the wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication in the computer device, so the setting time of the wireless setting information can be shortened. Communication between the image projection apparatus and the computer apparatus can be performed based on setting information of wireless communication set by the image projection apparatus, and a highly confidential image projection system can be provided. [0017] In addition, a program storage unit that stores a program that causes the computer apparatus to function as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection apparatus via the wireless communication unit. You may make it the structure provided with.
[0018] このように構成することにより、コンピュータ装置は、このプログラム格納部からプロ グラムを読み出して実行することにより、画像投影装置に画像データを無線通信部を 介して送信する画像送信手段として機能することになり、無線デバイスを用いての無 線通信設定を容易に行うことができる。  With this configuration, the computer device functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit by reading and executing the program from the program storage unit. Therefore, the wireless communication setting using the wireless device can be easily performed.
[0019] また、前記無線デバイスにお!/、て、前記画像投影装置への前記画像データの送信 動作の停止を指示する画像送信停止操作部を備え、前記画像送信手段は、前記画 像送信停止操作部が操作されたとき、前記画像投影装置に前記特定画像を投影さ せるための要求を前記無線通信部を介して前記画像投影装置へ送信する構成にし てもよい。  [0019] In addition, the wireless device includes an image transmission stop operation unit that instructs the wireless device to stop the transmission operation of the image data to the image projection device, and the image transmission unit includes the image transmission unit. When a stop operation unit is operated, a request for causing the image projection device to project the specific image may be transmitted to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit.
[0020] このように構成することにより、コンピュータ装置のユーザの操作によって、コンビュ ータ装置から送信する画像データに代えて特定の画像を画像投影装置から投影さ せること力 Sでき、コンピュータ装置から送信される画像データを見せたくないときに有 効となる。  [0020] With this configuration, it is possible to project a specific image from the image projecting device instead of the image data transmitted from the computer device by the operation of the user of the computer device. This is useful when you do not want to show the transmitted image data.
[0021] また、前記無線デバイスにお!/、て、前記無線通信の設定情報には、前記無線通信 部を機能させる有効時間を含む構成にしてもよい。  [0021] In addition, the wireless device may include a valid time in which the wireless communication setting function is included in the wireless communication setting information.
[0022] このように構成することにより、画像投影装置によって無線デバイスによる画像投影 装置との無線通信の有効時間を設定することができる。従って、例えば、プレゼンテ ーシヨンなどの会議に画像投影装置を使用され、不特定多数の参加者のコンビユー タ装置が用いられる場合であっても、以前に画像投影装置を使用したコンピュータ装 置であって無線デバイスを取り付けたコンピュータ装置から誤って画像データが送信 され、画像投影装置から送信されることを回避することができる。  With this configuration, it is possible to set an effective time for wireless communication with the image projection apparatus by the wireless device by the image projection apparatus. Therefore, for example, even when an image projection device is used for a conference such as a presentation and a computer device of an unspecified number of participants is used, the computer device previously used the image projection device. It is possible to prevent image data from being erroneously transmitted from the computer apparatus to which the wireless device is attached and transmitted from the image projection apparatus.
[0023] また、前記無線デバイスにお!/、て、前記無線設定情報記憶部に記憶された前記有 効時間を延長する有効時間延長手段を設ける構成にしてもよい。  [0023] Further, the wireless device may be provided with effective time extending means for extending the effective time stored in the wireless setting information storage unit.
[0024] このように構成することにより、プレゼンテーションなどの会議が延びた場合であつ ても、継続して、コンピュータ装置の画像データを画像投影装置から投影することが できる。 With this configuration, even when a meeting such as a presentation is extended, image data of the computer device can be continuously projected from the image projection device. it can.
[0025] また、前記無線デバイスにお!/、て、前記画像送信手段は、前記画像投影装置から 送信される時間情報と前記無線設定情報記憶部に記憶された前記有効時間とに基 づき、前記有効時間が経過したと判定すると、前記無線通信部の機能を停止する構 成にしてもよい。  [0025] Further, based on the time information transmitted from the image projection apparatus and the valid time stored in the wireless setting information storage unit, the image transmitting unit transmits to the wireless device! If it is determined that the effective time has elapsed, the wireless communication unit may be deactivated.
[0026] このように構成することにより、有効期間の精度を向上させることができる。すなわち 、コンピュータ装置で生成する時間情報が誤っている場合であっても、有効期間を生 成した画像投影装置の時間情報により有効時間の経過を検出することができるので 、有効時間の経過を精度よく検出することができる。  [0026] With this configuration, the accuracy of the effective period can be improved. In other words, even if the time information generated by the computer device is incorrect, it is possible to detect the passage of the effective time based on the time information of the image projection device that has generated the effective period. Can be detected well.
[0027] また、上記課題を解決するために、本発明の他の観点によれば、無線部を有し、前 記無線部で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、前記画 像投影装置に前記画像データを送信するコンピュータ装置と、前記コンピュータ装置 の無線部として機能する無線デバイスとを備えた画像投影システムにおける前記画 像投影装置において、前記画像投影装置は、前記無線デバイスのコネクタを接続可 能な接続部と、前記無線デバイスが前記接続部に接続されたとき、前記無線通信の 設定情報を前記無線デバイスの無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む制御部とを備える [0027] Further, in order to solve the above-described problem, according to another aspect of the present invention, there is provided an image projection apparatus that includes a wireless unit and projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit. In the image projection apparatus in an image projection system, comprising: a computer apparatus that transmits the image data to the image projection apparatus; and a wireless device that functions as a wireless unit of the computer apparatus. A connection unit capable of connecting a connector of a wireless device; and a control unit that writes setting information of the wireless communication in a wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit.
Yes
[0028] このように構成することにより、無線通信に必要な無線設定情報を手動でコンビユー タ装置へ設定する必要がなレ、ので、無線設定情報の設定時間を短縮することができ 、また、画像投影装置によって無線デバイスに対して無線通信の設定情報を設定し 、この設定情報に基いて画像投影装置とコンピュータ装置との間の通信を行うことが できるので、機密性の高レ、画像投影システムを提供することが可能となる。  [0028] By configuring in this way, it is not necessary to manually set the wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication in the computer device, so the setting time of the wireless setting information can be shortened. Since the setting information of wireless communication is set for the wireless device by the image projecting device, and communication between the image projecting device and the computer device can be performed based on the setting information. A system can be provided.
[0029] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記制御部は、前記無線デバイスが前記接続 部に接続されたとき、前記無線部の動作を所定期間停止する構成にしてもよい。  [0029] Further, the control unit may be configured to stop the operation of the wireless unit for a predetermined period when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit.
[0030] このように構成することにより、画像投影装置において、無線デバイスと無線部との 意図しない通信を回避することができるとともに、無線部を停止することにより消費電 力を低減することができる。  [0030] With this configuration, in the image projection apparatus, unintended communication between the wireless device and the wireless unit can be avoided, and power consumption can be reduced by stopping the wireless unit. .
[0031] また、前記画像投影装置において、前記制御部は、当該画像投影装置の電源が O Nとなったときに、前記無線デバイスが前記接続部に接続されているときは、前記無 線通信の設定情報を前記無線デバイスの無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む構成にし てもよい。 [0031] In the image projection device, the control unit may be configured such that the power source of the image projection device is O When N, when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit, the wireless communication setting information may be written to the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device.
[0032] このように構成することにより、例えば、無線デバイスのコネクタを画像投影装置に 接続した状態を、画像投影装置及び無線デバイスの収納状態とすれば、画像投影 装置の電源 ONにするだけで、無線デバイスへの書き込みが行われ、利便性に優れ  With this configuration, for example, when the state in which the connector of the wireless device is connected to the image projection apparatus is the storage state of the image projection apparatus and the wireless device, the image projection apparatus can be simply turned on. , Writing to the wireless device is done, excellent convenience
[0033] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記無線デバイスの無線設定情報記憶部に 対して前記無線通信の設定情報の書き込み動作を指示する書き込み指示操作部を 備え、前記制御部は、前記書き込み指示操作部が操作されたとき、前記無線通信の 設定情報を前記無線デバイスの前記無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む構成にしても よい。 [0033] The image projection apparatus further includes a writing instruction operation unit that instructs the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device to write setting information of the wireless communication to the wireless device, and the control unit May be configured to write the wireless communication setting information to the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device when the write instruction operation unit is operated.
[0034] このように構成することにより、ユーザの希望するタイミングにより無線デバイスへ無 線通信の設定情報を書き込みことが可能となる。  With this configuration, wireless communication setting information can be written to the wireless device at a timing desired by the user.
[0035] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記制御部は、前記無線デバイスの識別情報 が特定の識別情報でな!/、と判定すると、前記無線デバイスの設定情報記憶部へ前 記無線通信の設定情報の書き込みを行わな!/、構成にしてもよ!/、。 [0035] Further, when the control unit determines that the identification information of the wireless device is not specific identification information! /, The control unit transmits to the setting information storage unit of the wireless device. Do not write the wireless communication setting information! / Or configure it! /.
[0036] このように構成することにより、専用のデバイスのみを無線デバイスとして用いること ができる。 [0036] With this configuration, only a dedicated device can be used as a wireless device.
[0037] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記無線通信の設定情報には、前記無線通 信における暗号キーを含み、前記無線通信の設定情報を前記無線デバイスの無線 設定情報記憶部に書き込む前に、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記喑 号キーを生成する設定情報生成部を備えた構成にしてもよい。  [0037] In addition, in the image projection apparatus, the wireless communication setting information includes an encryption key in the wireless communication, and the wireless communication setting information is stored in the wireless setting information of the wireless device. A configuration information generation unit that generates at least the signal key among the wireless communication setting information may be provided before writing to the unit.
[0038] このように構成することにより、コンピュータ装置と画像投影装置との間の無線通信 を傍受されてしまう恐れを低減することができる。  [0038] With this configuration, it is possible to reduce the risk of intercepting wireless communication between the computer apparatus and the image projection apparatus.
[0039] また、前記画像投影装置において、前記設定情報生成部は、当該画像投影装置 の電源が ONとなる毎に、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記暗号キーを 生成して更新する構成にしてもょレ、。 [0040] このように構成することにより、仮に暗号キーが知られた場合であっても、その後に コンピュータ装置と画像投影装置との間の無線通信を傍受されてしまう恐れを低減す ること力 Sできる。しかも、暗号キーが異なることになるため、以前に画像投影装置を使 用したコンピュータ装置であって無線デバイスを取り付けたコンピュータ装置から誤つ て画像データが送信され、画像投影装置から送信されることを回避することができる [0039] Further, in the image projection device, the setting information generation unit generates and updates at least the encryption key in the wireless communication setting information each time the image projection device is powered on. Anyway. [0040] With this configuration, even if the encryption key is known, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the wireless communication between the computer apparatus and the image projection apparatus will be intercepted after that. S can. In addition, since the encryption keys are different, the image data is erroneously transmitted from the computer device that has previously used the image projection device and the wireless device is attached, and is transmitted from the image projection device. Can be avoided
[0041] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記 暗号キーを生成して更新する動作を指示する更新指示操作部を備え、前記設定情 報生成部は、前記更新操作部が操作される毎に、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち 少なくとも前記暗号キーを生成して更新する構成にしてもよい。 [0041] Further, the image projection apparatus includes an update instruction operation unit for instructing an operation for generating and updating at least the encryption key of the wireless communication setting information, and generating the setting information The unit may generate and update at least the encryption key in the wireless communication setting information each time the update operation unit is operated.
[0042] このように構成することにより、仮に暗号キーが知られた場合であっても、その後に コンピュータ装置と画像投影装置との間の無線通信を傍受されてしまう恐れを低減す ること力 Sできる。しかも、暗号キーが異なることになるため、以前に画像投影装置を使 用したコンピュータ装置であって無線デバイスを取り付けたコンピュータ装置から誤つ て画像データが送信され、画像投影装置から送信されることを回避することができる 。また、画像投影装置の電源を OFFから ONにしたときに暗号キーを生成して更新す るように構成した場合でも、画像投影装置の電源を OFFにすると、光源であるランプ の起動に時間がかかることから、画像投影装置の電源を OFFしたくない場合がある。 会議室に画像投影装置を設置しており、会議が連続するような場合である。このよう な場合であっても、更新指示操作部を設けてレ、るため極めて便利である。  [0042] With this configuration, even if an encryption key is known, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the wireless communication between the computer apparatus and the image projection apparatus will be intercepted after that. S can. In addition, since the encryption keys are different, the image data is erroneously transmitted from the computer device that has previously used the image projection device and the wireless device is attached, and is transmitted from the image projection device. Can be avoided. Even if the encryption key is generated and updated when the power of the image projection device is turned from OFF to ON, if the image projection device is turned off, the lamp that is the light source takes time to start. For this reason, there is a case where it is not desired to turn off the power of the image projection apparatus. This is the case where an image projection device is installed in the conference room and the conference continues. Even in such a case, an update instruction operation unit is provided, which is extremely convenient.
[0043] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記設定情報生成部は、前記無線部を介して 前記コンピュータ装置との通信が行われない期間が所定期間以上となったとき、前記 無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記暗号キーを生成して更新する構成にして あよい。  [0043] Further, the setting information generating unit in the image projecting device, when the period during which communication with the computer device is not performed via the wireless unit becomes a predetermined period or more, The wireless communication setting information may be configured to generate and update at least the encryption key.
[0044] このように構成することにより、所定期間以上コンピュータ装置と画像投影装置との 通信がないときには、例えば、一つのプレゼンテーションが終了したと判定することが できるので、プレゼンテーションごとに喑号キーを変更することができる。  [0044] With this configuration, when there is no communication between the computer apparatus and the image projection apparatus for a predetermined period or longer, for example, it can be determined that one presentation has ended. Can be changed.
[0045] また、前記画像投影装置にお!/、て、前記無線通信の設定情報には、前記無線デ ノ イスにおける無線通信部を機能させる有効期間を含み、前記設定情報生成部は、 前記有効期間を生成する構成にしてもよい。 [0045] In the image projection apparatus, the wireless communication setting information includes the wireless device. It may include a valid period for causing the wireless communication unit in the noise to function, and the setting information generation unit may generate the valid period.
[0046] また、上記課題を解決するために、本発明の他の観点によれば、外部のコンビユー タ装置から無線通信により送信される画像データを受信する無線部を有し、前記画 像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、この画像投影装置の動作を遠隔 制御する遠隔操作装置と、前記コンピュータ装置及び前記遠隔操作装置の!/、ずれ にも通信接続可能なデバイスとを備えた画像投影システムにおレ、て、前記遠隔操作 装置は、前記画像投影装置と前記コンピュータ装置間の無線通信に必要な無線設 定情報を生成する無線設定情報生成部と、所定のタイミングで前記無線設定情報を 前記デバイスに書き込む無線設定情報書込部と、前記デバイスに書き込んだ無線設 定情報を前記画像投影装置へ通知する通知部とを有し、前記デバイスは、前記遠隔 操作装置によって書き込まれた前記無線設定情報を前記コンピュータ装置へ出力す る制御部を有する。 In order to solve the above-described problem, according to another aspect of the present invention, the image data includes a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication. An image projecting apparatus that projects an image according to the remote control apparatus, a remote operation apparatus that remotely controls the operation of the image projection apparatus, and a device that can communicate and connect to the computer apparatus and the remote operation apparatus! In the image projection system, the remote control device includes a wireless setting information generating unit that generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projecting device and the computer device, and at a predetermined timing. A wireless setting information writing unit that writes wireless setting information to the device; and a notification unit that notifies the image projection apparatus of the wireless setting information written to the device. Wherein a control unit you output the wireless setting information written to the computer system by the remote operation device.
[0047] このように構成することにより、遠隔操作装置で無線設定情報を生成して、遠隔操 作装置からデバイスと画像投影装置とへ無線設定情報の送信を同時に行うことがで きるため、無線設定情報の設定時間を短縮することができる。また、遠隔操作装置に よって設定された無線通信の設定情報に基づいて、画像投影装置とコンピュータ装 置との間の通信を行うことができ、機密性の高!/、無線デバイス或いは画像投影システ ムを提供することが可能となる。  With this configuration, the wireless setting information can be generated by the remote operation device, and the wireless setting information can be transmitted from the remote operation device to the device and the image projection device at the same time. Setting information setting time can be shortened. In addition, communication between the image projection apparatus and the computer apparatus can be performed based on the wireless communication setting information set by the remote control device, and high confidentiality! / Wireless device or image projection system can be used. Can be provided.
[0048] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記遠隔操作装置は、前記デバイスと接続 するコネクタを有し、前記無線設定情報書込部は、前記無線設定情報を前記コネク タを介して前記デバイスに書き込む構成にしてもよい。  [0048] Further, in the image projection system, the remote operation device has a connector for connecting to the device, and the wireless setting information writing unit transmits the wireless setting information to the connector. In this case, the device may be configured to write to the device.
[0049] このように構成することにより、確実に無線設定情報の書き込みを行うことができる。  With this configuration, it is possible to reliably write the wireless setting information.
[0050] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記無線設定情報生成部は、前記コネクタ に前記デバイスが接続されたとき、前記無線設定情報を更新する構成にしてもよ!/、。  [0050] Further, in the image projection system, the wireless setting information generation unit may be configured to update the wireless setting information when the device is connected to the connector! /, .
[0051] このように構成することにより、例えば、プレゼンテーションなどの会議に画像投影 装置を使用され、不特定多数の参加者のコンピュータ装置が用いられる場合であつ ても、以前に画像投影装置を使用したコンピュータ装置から誤って画像データが送 信され、画像投影装置から送信されることを回避することができる。 [0051] With this configuration, for example, even when an image projection device is used for a conference such as a presentation and a computer device of an unspecified number of participants is used, the image projection device has been used previously. The image data was accidentally sent from the And being transmitted from the image projection apparatus can be avoided.
[0052] また、前記画像投影システムにおいて、前記所定のタイミングは、前記コネクタに前 記デバイスが接続されたことを検出したときである構成にしてもよい。  [0052] Further, in the image projection system, the predetermined timing may be a time when it is detected that the device is connected to the connector.
[0053] このように構成することにより、無線設定情報の書き込みを確実に行うことができる。  With this configuration, it is possible to reliably write the wireless setting information.
[0054] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記遠隔操作装置はワイヤレス信号を送 信するワイヤレス送信部を有し、前記デバイスは前記遠隔操作装置からのワイヤレス 信号を受信するワイヤレス受信部を有しており、前記無線設定情報書込部は、前記 デバイスへワイヤレス信号により前記無線設定情報を送信することによって、前記デ バイスへの前記無線設定情報の書き込みを行う構成にしてもよい。  [0054] Also, in the image projection system, the remote control device includes a wireless transmission unit that transmits a wireless signal, and the device receives a wireless signal from the remote control device. The wireless setting information writing unit may be configured to write the wireless setting information to the device by transmitting the wireless setting information by a wireless signal to the device. .
[0055] このように構成することにより、デバイスへの無線設定情報の書き込みを赤外線信 号などのワイヤレス信号を用いて行うため、無線設定情報の書き込みを容易に行うこ と力 Sできる。従って、画像投影装置が複数ある場合にその切替設定が容易となる。  With this configuration, since the wireless setting information is written into the device using a wireless signal such as an infrared signal, the wireless setting information can be easily written. Therefore, when there are a plurality of image projection apparatuses, the switching setting is facilitated.
[0056] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記遠隔操作装置は、前記画像投影装置 の起動指示及び/又は停止指示を行うための起動制御指示部を有し、前記無線設 定情報生成部は、前記起動制御指示部が操作されたとき、前記無線設定情報を更 新する構成にしてもよい。  [0056] Further, in the image projection system, the remote operation device includes a start control instruction unit for instructing start and / or stop of the image projection device, and the wireless setting The information generation unit may be configured to update the wireless setting information when the activation control instruction unit is operated.
[0057] このように構成することにより、画像投影装置が使用される毎に無線設定情報の更 新が可能となる。従って、プレゼンテーションなどの会議に画像投影装置を使用され 、不特定多数の参加者のコンピュータ装置が用いられる場合であっても、以前に画 像投影装置を使用したコンピュータ装置から誤って画像データが送信され、画像投 影装置から送信されることを回避することができる。  With this configuration, the wireless setting information can be updated every time the image projection apparatus is used. Therefore, even when an image projection device is used for a conference such as a presentation and a computer device of an unspecified number of participants is used, image data is erroneously transmitted from the computer device that previously used the image projection device. Thus, transmission from the image projection apparatus can be avoided.
[0058] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記所定のタイミングは、前記起動制御指 示部が操作されたときである構成にしてもょレ、。  [0058] Further, in the image projection system, the predetermined timing may be a time when the activation control instruction unit is operated.
[0059] このように構成することにより、画像投影装置の起動とデバイスへの無線設定の書き 込みを同時に行うことができ、画像投影装置においてコンピュータ装置から送信され る画像データをより迅速に投影することができることになる。  With this configuration, the image projection apparatus can be activated and wireless settings can be written to the device at the same time, and the image data transmitted from the computer apparatus can be projected more quickly in the image projection apparatus. Will be able to.
[0060] また、前記画像投影システムにおいて、前記デバイスは、前記コンピュータ装置に 接続するコネクタと、前記コネクタを前記コンピュータ装置に接続したときに、前記遠 隔操作装置から書き込まれた前記無線設定情報に基づいた設定により前記画像投 影装置の無線部と通信を行う無線通信部と、画像データを前記無線通信部を介して 前記画像投影装置へ送信する画像送信手段としての機能を前記コンピュータ装置 に実行させるプログラムを格納するプログラム格納部とを有する構成にしてもよい。 [0060] Further, in the image projection system, the device includes a connector connected to the computer device, and the remote device when the connector is connected to the computer device. A wireless communication unit that communicates with a wireless unit of the image projection device according to settings based on the wireless setting information written from the remote control device, and transmits image data to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit. A program storage unit that stores a program that causes the computer device to execute a function as an image transmission unit may be used.
[0061] このように構成することにより、デバイスをコンピュータ装置へ接続することにより、こ のコンピュータ装置が画像投影装置に画像データを無線通信部を介して送信する画 像送信手段として機能することとなり、デバイスを用いての無線通信設定を容易に行 うこと力 Sでさる。 With this configuration, when the device is connected to the computer apparatus, the computer apparatus functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection apparatus via the wireless communication unit. The power S makes it easy to set up wireless communication using the device.
[0062] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記無線設定情報には、前記無線通信部 を機能させる有効時間を含み、前記画像送信手段は、前記有効時間が経過したと判 定すると、前記無線通信部の機能を停止する構成にしてもょレ、。  [0062] Also, in the image projection system, the wireless setting information includes an effective time for causing the wireless communication unit to function, and the image transmitting means determines that the effective time has elapsed. Then, it can be configured to stop the function of the wireless communication unit.
[0063] このように構成することにより、無線設定情報の更新が行われない場合であっても、 コンピュータ装置と無線部との意図しない通信を回避することができると共に、無線部 を停止することにより消費電力を低減することができる。  [0063] With this configuration, even when the wireless setting information is not updated, unintended communication between the computer apparatus and the wireless unit can be avoided and the wireless unit can be stopped. Therefore, power consumption can be reduced.
[0064] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記画像投影装置は、前記遠隔操作装置 からのワイヤレス信号を受信するワイヤレス受信部と、前記遠隔操作装置から前記ヮ ィャレス受信部を介して前記無線設定情報を受信すると、前記無線部を動作状態に し、その後前記無線部を介して前記コンピュータ装置と無線通信中か否かを判定し、 前記コンピュータ装置と無線通信中ではないと判定した状態が一定状態継続したと き、前記無線部を非動作状態にする制御部とを有する構成にしてもょレ、。  [0064] Further, in the image projection system, the image projection apparatus receives a wireless signal from the remote control device via the wireless reception unit and the wireless reception unit from the remote control device. When the wireless setting information is received, the wireless unit is put into an operating state, and then it is determined whether wireless communication is being performed with the computer device via the wireless unit, and it is determined that wireless communication with the computer device is not being performed. A control unit that puts the radio unit into a non-operating state when the fixed state continues for a certain state.
[0065] このように構成することにより、一つのプレゼンテーションが終了したと判定すること ができる。従って、プレゼンテーション毎に喑号キーを変更することができる。 [0065] With this configuration, it can be determined that one presentation has been completed. Accordingly, the key number can be changed for each presentation.
[0066] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記遠隔操作装置は、前記無線設定情報 書込部によって同一の前記無線設定情報を前記デバイスに書き込むことができる書 き込み回数を設定する書き込み回数設定部を有し、前記無線設定情報生成部は、 前記無線設定情報書込部によって前記無線設定情報が前記書き込み回数を超えた とき、前記無線設定情報の更新を行う構成にしてもょレ、。 [0066] Also, in the image projection system, the remote control device sets the number of times that the wireless setting information writing unit can write the same wireless setting information to the device. The wireless setting information generation unit updates the wireless setting information when the wireless setting information exceeds the number of times of writing by the wireless setting information writing unit. Yo.
[0067] このように構成することにより、複数のコンピュータ装置から画像投影装置へ画像デ ータを送信することが可能となり、会議に応じた適切な画像投影システムを提供する ことが可能となる。 With this configuration, image data is transferred from a plurality of computer devices to the image projection device. Data can be transmitted, and an appropriate image projection system according to the conference can be provided.
[0068] また、前記画像投影システムにお!/、て、前記遠隔操作装置は、前記無線設定情報 生成部による前記無線設定情報の更新を抑制する更新抑制部を有し、前記無線設 定情報生成部は、前記更新抑制部が操作されたことを検出すると、前記無線設定情 報の更新を行わな!/、構成にしてもょレ、。  [0068] Further, in the image projection system, the remote control device has an update suppression unit that suppresses the update of the wireless setting information by the wireless setting information generation unit, and the wireless setting information When the generation unit detects that the update suppression unit is operated, the generation unit does not update the wireless setting information! /.
[0069] このように構成することにより、同一の無線設定情報をデバイスに書き込むことがで き、複数のコンピュータ装置から画像投影装置へ画像データを送信することが可能と なり、会議に応じた適切な画像投影システムを提供することが可能となる。  [0069] With this configuration, it is possible to write the same wireless setting information to the device, and it is possible to transmit image data from a plurality of computer devices to the image projecting device, which is appropriate for the conference. It is possible to provide a simple image projection system.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0070] 本発明によれば、外部のコンピュータ装置から無線通信により送信される画像デー タを受信する無線部を有し、画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、こ の画像投影装置の動作を遠隔制御する遠隔操作装置と、画像投影装置又は遠隔操 作装置とコンピュータ装置とに通信接続可能なデバイスとを備え、画像投影装置又 は遠隔操作装置は、画像投影装置とコンピュータ装置間の無線通信に必要な無線 設定情報を生成する情報生成手段と、無線設定情報を前記デバイスに書き込む情 報書込手段とを有し、デバイスは、画像投影装置又は前記遠隔操作装置によって書 き込まれた無線設定情報をコンピュータ装置へ出力する制御部を有するので、無線 通信に必要な無線設定情報を手動でコンピュータ装置へ設定する必要がないので、 無線設定情報の設定時間を短縮することができ、また、画像投影装置又は遠隔操作 装置によって設定された無線通信に必要な無線設定情報に基!/、て、画像投影装置 とコンピュータ装置との間の通信を行うことができ、機密性の高い画像投影システムを 提供することが可能となる。  [0070] According to the present invention, there is provided an image projection device that has a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted by wireless communication from an external computer device, projects an image according to the image data, and the image projection. A remote operation device that remotely controls the operation of the apparatus, and an image projection device or a device that can be connected to the remote operation device and the computer device. The image projection device or the remote operation device includes the image projection device and the computer device. Information generating means for generating wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the devices and information writing means for writing the wireless setting information to the device. The device is written by the image projecting device or the remote control device. Since there is a control unit that outputs the embedded wireless setting information to the computer device, it is not necessary to manually set the wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication to the computer device. The setting time of the wireless setting information can be shortened, and the image projecting device and the computer device are based on the wireless setting information necessary for the wireless communication set by the image projecting device or the remote control device. It is possible to provide a highly confidential image projection system.
図面の簡単な説明  Brief Description of Drawings
[0071] [図 1]本実施形態における画像投影システムの全体構成図である。  FIG. 1 is an overall configuration diagram of an image projection system in the present embodiment.
[図 2]本実施形態における画像投影システムにおける概略動作を説明するための図 である。  FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a schematic operation in the image projection system in the present embodiment.
[図 3]本実施形態における無線デバイスの外観図である。 園 4]本実施形態における無線デバイスのブロック図である。 FIG. 3 is an external view of a wireless device in the present embodiment. 4] A block diagram of a wireless device in the present embodiment.
園 5]本実施形態における無線デバイスの機能ブロック図である。 5] It is a functional block diagram of a wireless device in the present embodiment.
[図 6]図 5のメモリコントローラ機能部のブロック図である。 6 is a block diagram of the memory controller function unit of FIG.
園 7]本実施形態における画像投影装置のブロック図である。 FIG. 7] is a block diagram of an image projection apparatus in the present embodiment.
園 8]本実施形態における画像投影装置の動作説明のためのフローチャートである。 FIG. 8 is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the image projection apparatus in this embodiment.
[図 9]本実施形態における無線設定情報の例を示す図である。  FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of wireless setting information in the present embodiment.
園 10]本実施形態における画像投影装置の動作説明のためのフローチャートである 園 11]本実施形態における画像投影装置の動作説明のためのフローチャートである 園 12]本実施形態におけるコンピュータ装置のブロック図である。 10] A flowchart for explaining the operation of the image projection apparatus in the present embodiment. 11] A flowchart for explaining the operation of the image projection apparatus in the present embodiment. 12] A block diagram of the computer apparatus in the present embodiment. It is.
園 13]本実施形態におけるコンピュータ装置の動作説明のためのフローチャートであ 園 14]本実施形態におけるコンピュータ装置の動作説明のためのフローチャートであ 園 15]他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影システムの全体構成図である。 13] A flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the present embodiment. 14] A flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the present embodiment. 15] The image projection system in the other embodiment [1]. FIG.
園 16]他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影システムにおける概略動作を説明するた めの図である。 16] FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a schematic operation in the image projection system in another embodiment [1].
園 17]他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置の外観図である。 17] It is an external view of a remote control device according to another embodiment [1].
園 18]他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置のブロック図である。 18] It is a block diagram of a remote control device in another embodiment [1].
[図 19]他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置の無線設定情報の処理のフローチヤ ートである。  FIG. 19 is a flowchart of processing of wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
園 20]他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置の無線設定情報の更新処理のフロ チャートである。 FIG. 20] A flowchart of the update processing of the wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
園 21]他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置の無線設定情報の書き込み処理の フローチャートである。 FIG. 21] A flowchart of the wireless setting information writing process of the remote control device in another embodiment [1].
[図 22]他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置の他の無線設定情報の処理のフロ チャートである。 園 23]他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影装置のブロック図である。 FIG. 22 is a flowchart of processing of other wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [1]. FIG. 23] is a block diagram of an image projection device in another embodiment [1].
園 24]他の本実施形態 [1]における画像投影装置の動作説明のためのフローチヤ一 トである。 FIG. 24] is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the image projection apparatus in the other embodiment [1].
園 25]他の実施形態 [1]におけるコンピュータ装置の動作説明のためのフローチヤ一 トである。 25] This is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the other embodiment [1].
園 26]他の実施形態 [1]におけるコンピュータ装置の動作説明のためのフローチヤ一 トである。 FIG. 26] is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in the other embodiment [1].
園 27]他の実施形態 [2]における遠隔操作装置のブロック図である。 27] It is a block diagram of a remote control device in another embodiment [2].
園 28]他の実施形態 [2]における遠隔操作装置の無線設定情報の処理のフローチヤ ートである。 [28] This is a flowchart for processing the wireless setting information of the remote control device in another embodiment [2].
園 29]他の実施形態 [2]におけるコンピュータ装置の動作説明のためのフローチヤ一 トである。 FIG. 29] is a flowchart for explaining the operation of the computer device in another embodiment [2].
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1 , 1, 無線デバイス  1, 1, wireless device
2, 2, 遠隔操作装置  2, 2, Remote control device
3, 3, 画像投影装置  3, 3, image projection device
4, 4, コンピュータ装置  4, 4, computer equipment
101 CPU  101 CPU
102 RAM  102 RAM
103 ROM  103 ROM
104 フラッシュメモリ  104 flash memory
105, 201 USBコネクタ  105, 201 USB connector
107 無線通信部  107 Wireless communication unit
108 操作部  108 Control panel
109 報知部  109 Notification Department
110 アンテナ  110 Antenna
111 RF部  111 RF section
112 ベースバンド部 123 無線通信機能部 112 Baseband section 123 Wireless communication function section
133 無線設定情報  133 Wireless setting information
202 USBホストコントローラ  202 USB host controller
203 赤外線送信部  203 Infrared transmitter
204 赤外線制御部  204 Infrared controller
205 操作ボタン  205 Operation buttons
206 入力インターフェース  206 Input interface
207 表示部  207 Display
208 メモリ  208 memory
209 時計回路  209 Clock circuit
210 CPU  210 CPU
301 赤外線受信部  301 Infrared receiver
302 制御パネル  302 Control panel
303 制御部  303 Control unit
304 不揮発性メモリ  304 Nonvolatile memory
305 時計回路  305 Clock circuit
306 無線部  306 Radio unit
310 赤外線受光部  310 Infrared detector
311 赤外線制御部  311 Infrared controller
312 無線回路  312 radio circuit
313 無線制御部  313 Wireless controller
314 USBインターフェイス  314 USB interface
315 設定書込ボタン  315 Setting write button
316 更新ボタン  316 Update button
s, s : ' 画像投影システム  s, s: 'Image projection system
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
(画像投影システム sの概要)  (Outline of image projection system s)
以下、本発明の実施の形態について、図面を参照しながら説明する。図 1は本実 施形態における画像投影システム Sの全体構成図、図 2は本実施形態における画像 投影システム Sにおける概略動作を説明するための図、図 3は無線デバイスの外観 図である。 Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Figure 1 shows actual results 2 is an overall configuration diagram of the image projection system S in the embodiment, FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a schematic operation in the image projection system S in the present embodiment, and FIG. 3 is an external view of the wireless device.
[0074] 図 1に示すように、本実施形態における画像投影システム Sは、外部から入力される 画像データに応じた画像をスクリーンに投影する画像投影装置 3と、画像投影装置 3 へ画像データを送信するパーソナルコンピュータ 4 (以下、「コンピュータ装置 4」とす る。)と、コンピュータ装置 4の無線部として機能する USBドングルである無線デバィ ス 1 (以下、デバイスともいう)とを備えている。コンピュータ装置 4は、無線デバイス 1に おける後述の USBコネクタ 105 (図 3及び図 4参照)を接続することによって、無線デ バイス 1を介して画像投影装置 3に画像データを送信する。画像投影装置 3は、コン ピュータ装置 4から無線デバイス 1を介して無線通信により送信される画像データを 受信して、この画像データに応じた画像をスクリーンに投影する。  As shown in FIG. 1, the image projection system S according to the present embodiment projects an image according to image data input from the outside onto an image projection device 3 and the image projection device 3 receives the image data. A personal computer 4 for transmission (hereinafter referred to as “computer device 4”) and a wireless device 1 (hereinafter also referred to as device) which is a USB dongle that functions as a wireless unit of the computer device 4 are provided. The computer apparatus 4 transmits image data to the image projection apparatus 3 through the wireless device 1 by connecting a USB connector 105 (see FIGS. 3 and 4) described later in the wireless device 1. The image projection device 3 receives image data transmitted by wireless communication from the computer device 4 via the wireless device 1, and projects an image corresponding to the image data onto the screen.
[0075] ここで、画像投影装置 3と無線デバイス 1との間の無線通信は、 IEEE802. l la/b /gなどの無線 LAN (Local Area Network)規格を満たすことができるように、画像投 影装置 3及び無線デバイス 1は、それぞれ無線 LAN規格に準拠した無線部を有して いる。  Here, the wireless communication between the image projecting device 3 and the wireless device 1 is performed so that the image projection is performed so that the wireless LAN (Local Area Network) standard such as IEEE802.l la / b / g can be satisfied. Each of the shadowing device 3 and the wireless device 1 has a wireless unit compliant with the wireless LAN standard.
[0076] 無線 LANにおいては、上述のように無線通信を行うための設定を予め行わなけれ ばならなレ、。設定しなければならな!/、無線通信の設定情報(以下、「無線設定情報」 とする。)としては、ネットワーク名である SSID (Extended Service Set Identifier)ゃ喑 号キーである WEP (Wired Equipment Privacy)キーなどがあり、ある程度知識がなけ れば設定することができず、その作業も煩雑である。  [0076] In a wireless LAN, settings for performing wireless communication must be made in advance as described above. The wireless communication setting information (hereinafter referred to as “wireless setting information”) that must be set is SSID (Extended Service Set Identifier), which is the network name, and WEP (Wired Equipment), which is the key. Privacy) key, etc., cannot be set without some knowledge, and the work is complicated.
[0077] そこで、本実施形態における画像投影システム Sにおいては、無線デバイス 1に無 線設定情報を記憶させる無線設定情報記憶部を設けており、これにより無線設定情 報の設定を自動的に行うこととしている。しかも、所定のタイミングで暗号キーを変更 するようにしており、秘匿性を向上させている。  Therefore, in the image projection system S according to the present embodiment, the wireless device 1 is provided with a wireless setting information storage unit that stores the wireless setting information, thereby automatically setting the wireless setting information. I am going to do that. In addition, the encryption key is changed at a predetermined timing to improve confidentiality.
[0078] ここで、画像投影システム Sにおける無線通信の設定手順を簡単に説明する。図 2 は、本実施形態における無線通信の設定手順を説明するための図である。  Here, a procedure for setting wireless communication in the image projection system S will be briefly described. FIG. 2 is a diagram for explaining a wireless communication setting procedure in the present embodiment.
[0079] 図 2 (a)に示すように、無線デバイス 1の USBコネクタ 105を画像投影装置 3の US Bインターフェイス 314に接続する。画像投影装置 3は、無線デバイス 1が USBインタ 一フェイス 314を介して接続されたことを検出すると、画像投影装置 3の無線部による 通信に必要な無線設定情報を情報書込手段を用いて USBインターフェイス 314を 介して無線デバイス 1の記憶部に書き込む。このとき、無線デバイス 1の書き込み中ラ ンプ 150 (図 3参照)が点滅し、無線設定情報を書き込み中であることが知らせられる 。なお、無線設定情報は、情報生成手段を用いて生成される。 [0079] As shown in FIG. 2 (a), the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the US of the image projection device 3. Connect to B interface 314. When the image projection apparatus 3 detects that the wireless device 1 is connected via the USB interface 314, the image projection apparatus 3 uses the information writing unit to transmit wireless setting information necessary for communication by the wireless unit of the image projection apparatus 3 to the USB. Write to the storage unit of wireless device 1 via interface 314. At this time, the writing lamp 150 (see FIG. 3) of the wireless device 1 blinks to inform that the wireless setting information is being written. The wireless setting information is generated using an information generating unit.
[0080] 画像投影装置 3の無線部で用いる無線設定情報を書き込むタイミングは、 (a)無線 デバイス 1が画像投影装置 3に接続されたとき、(b)画像投影装置 3の電源が ONに なったときに無線デバイス 1が画像投影装置 3に接続されているとき、或いは(c)画像 投影装置 3に設けられた書き込み指示操作部としての設定書込ボタン 315(図 1及び 図 2参照)が操作されたとき、などがある。  [0080] The timing for writing the wireless setting information used in the wireless unit of the image projection apparatus 3 is as follows: (a) When the wireless device 1 is connected to the image projection apparatus 3, (b) The power of the image projection apparatus 3 is turned on. When the wireless device 1 is connected to the image projection device 3 or (c) a setting write button 315 (see FIGS. 1 and 2) as a write instruction operation unit provided in the image projection device 3 When operated.
[0081] なお、無線デバイス 1が特定のデバイスでないときには、無線設定情報の書き込み は行われない。これは、接続されたデバイスがどのようなデバイスであっても書き込む ことにすると、粗悪な無線デバイス 1の不正規品(コピー品など)によって画像投影シ ステム Sの動作が不安定となることを回避するためであり、専用のデバイスのみを無 線デバイスとして用いることができるようにしている。接続されたデバイス力 専用の無 線デバイス 1であるか否かは、画像投影装置 3が。そのデバイスに付与されている識 別情報をデバイスから読み込み、例えば、この識別情報のうちメーカを示す部分が特 定の情報であることを検出することによって判断することができる。  Note that when the wireless device 1 is not a specific device, the wireless setting information is not written. This means that if the connected device is written to any device, the operation of the image projection system S will become unstable due to an inferior product (such as a copy product) of the poor wireless device 1. In order to avoid this, only a dedicated device can be used as a wireless device. Connected device power Whether the device is a dedicated wireless device 1 or not is determined by the image projector 3. The identification information given to the device can be read from the device, and for example, it can be determined by detecting that the part of the identification information indicating the manufacturer is specific information.
[0082] 無線デバイス 1への無線設定情報の書き込みが終了すると、書き込み中ランプ 150 の点滅が終了するので、図 2 (b)に示すように、無線デバイス 1を画像投影装置 3から 取り外して、今度はコンピュータ装置 4の USBインターフェイス 401に接続する。  [0082] When the writing of the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 is completed, the flashing of the writing lamp 150 is terminated. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 2 (b), the wireless device 1 is detached from the image projector 3, This time, it connects to the USB interface 401 of the computer device 4.
[0083] コンピュータ装置 4に無線デバイス 1が接続されると、コンピュータ装置 4は無線デ バイス 1に格納されたデバイスドライバプログラム(以下、「デバイスドライノく」と略す)、 無線設定アプリケーションプログラム(以下、「無線設定アプリケーション」と略す)及 び画像転送アプリケーションプログラム(以下、「画像転送アプリケーション」と略す)を インストールする。コンピュータ装置 4の制御部は、無線設定アプリケーションの実行 により、無線デバイス 1の記憶部から無線設定情報を取り出し、この無線設定情報を デバイスドライバを用いて無線デバイス 1の無線通信部に設定する。また、コンビユー タ装置 4の制御部は、画像転送アプリケーションの実行により、画像投影装置 3に画 像データを無線通信部を介して送信する画像送信手段として機能する。 [0083] When the wireless device 1 is connected to the computer device 4, the computer device 4 is connected to a device driver program (hereinafter abbreviated as "device dryer") stored in the wireless device 1, a wireless setting application program (hereinafter referred to as "device driver"). , “Wireless setting application”) and image transfer application program (hereinafter abbreviated as “image transfer application”). The control unit of the computer device 4 retrieves the wireless setting information from the storage unit of the wireless device 1 by executing the wireless setting application, and stores the wireless setting information. Set the wireless communication part of wireless device 1 using the device driver. The control unit of the computer device 4 functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device 3 via the wireless communication unit by executing the image transfer application.
[0084] 以上により、画像投影装置 3及び無線デバイス 1の無線設定情報を合わせることが でき、画像投影装置 3と無線デバイス 1との間で無線通信が可能となる。その後、図 2 (c)に示すように、コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションの実行によりコンビ ユータ装置 4から無線デバイス 1を介して、画像投影装置 3へ画像データが送信され 、画像投影装置 3ではその画像データに基づいた画像をスクリーンに投影する。  As described above, the wireless setting information of the image projection device 3 and the wireless device 1 can be matched, and wireless communication between the image projection device 3 and the wireless device 1 becomes possible. Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 2 (c), image data is transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3 via the wireless device 1 by executing the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4, and the image projection apparatus 3 An image based on the image data is projected on the screen.
[0085] また、無線デバイス 1には、図 3に示すように、画像送信停止操作部としての画像転 送停止スィッチ 140が設けられている。この画像転送停止スィッチ 140が操作される と、コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションがその操作を検出して、表示画面 の転送を停止し、画像投影装置 3から特定画像を投影させるための要求を無線デバ イス 1を介して画像投影装置 3へ送信する。この要求を受信すると、画像投影装置 3 は、特定画像を投影する。この特定画像は、画像投影装置 3に記憶させた画像デー タに基づく画像であり、例えば、黒画像、風景画像、 ΓΝο Signal」を投影する画像など とすること力 Sできる。これにより、コンピュータ装置 4のユーザは、コンピュータ装置 4か ら画像転送を容易に停止することができ、コンピュータ装置 4の画面を切り替える等の 煩雑さを回避すること力でさる。  Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the wireless device 1 is provided with an image transfer stop switch 140 as an image transmission stop operation unit. When this image transfer stop switch 140 is operated, the image transfer application of the computer device 4 detects the operation, stops the transfer of the display screen, and wirelessly sends a request for projecting a specific image from the image projection device 3. The image is transmitted to the image projector 3 via the device 1. When receiving this request, the image projection device 3 projects a specific image. This specific image is an image based on the image data stored in the image projection device 3 and can be, for example, a black image, a landscape image, an image on which a ΓΝο signal is projected, or the like. Thereby, the user of the computer device 4 can easily stop the image transfer from the computer device 4, and it is possible to avoid the trouble of switching the screen of the computer device 4.
[0086] また、画像投影装置 3によって無線デバイス 1に設定される無線設定情報には、無 線デバイス 1の無線部(後述の無線通信部 107)を機能させる有効時間が含まれる。 コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションは、この有効時間を読み取ることによ り、無線デバイス 1の無線部による無線通信を行うことができる時間を制限する。  Further, the wireless setting information set in the wireless device 1 by the image projecting device 3 includes an effective time during which the wireless unit (wireless communication unit 107 described later) of the wireless device 1 functions. The image transfer application of the computer device 4 limits the time during which wireless communication by the wireless unit of the wireless device 1 can be performed by reading the effective time.
[0087] また、無線デバイス 1には、図 3に示すように、この有効時間を延長する有効時間延 長手段としての通信時間延長ボタン 141が設けられており、この通信時間延長ボタン 141が操作されると、コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションがその操作を検 出し、無線デバイス 1から読み出していた有効時間を延長するように変更する。  [0087] Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the wireless device 1 is provided with a communication time extension button 141 as an effective time extension means for extending the effective time, and the communication time extension button 141 is operated. Then, the image transfer application of the computer device 4 detects the operation, and changes it so that the valid time read from the wireless device 1 is extended.
[0088] コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションは、画像投影装置 3から送信される 時刻情報を受信する機能を有しており、この時間情報と無線デバイス 1から読み出し た有効時間とに基づき、有効時間が経過したと判定する。有効時間が経過したと判 断した場合には、無線デバイス 1の無線通信部の機能を停止する。 The image transfer application of the computer device 4 has a function of receiving time information transmitted from the image projection device 3, and reads out the time information and the wireless device 1. Based on the valid time, it is determined that the valid time has elapsed. When it is determined that the valid time has elapsed, the function of the wireless communication unit of the wireless device 1 is stopped.
[0089] ところで、画像投影装置 3が無線デバイス 1に書き込む無線設定情報が常に一定で は、セキュリティ上好ましくない。また、無線デバイス 1を外し忘れたコンピュータ装置 4から意図しない画像データが画像投影装置 3に送信されてしまう恐れがある。そこ で、画像投影装置 3は無線設定情報のうち少なくとも暗号キーを更新する。  By the way, if the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1 by the image projection apparatus 3 is always constant, it is not preferable in terms of security. In addition, unintended image data may be transmitted to the image projection device 3 from the computer device 4 that has forgotten to remove the wireless device 1. Therefore, the image projection device 3 updates at least the encryption key in the wireless setting information.
[0090] 画像投影装置 3が無線設定情報を更新するタイミングは、(a)画像投影装置 3の電 源が OFFから ONになったとき、或いは (b)画像投影装置 3に設けられた更新操作部 としての更新ボタン 316(図 1及び図 2参照)が操作されたとき、(c)無線デバイス 1とコ ンピュータ装置 4との通信が行われない期間が所定期間以上になったとき、などがあ  The timing at which the image projection device 3 updates the wireless setting information is (a) when the power of the image projection device 3 is switched from OFF to ON, or (b) an update operation provided in the image projection device 3 When the update button 316 (see FIG. 1 and FIG. 2) as a part is operated, (c) when the period during which communication between the wireless device 1 and the computer device 4 is not performed becomes a predetermined period or more, etc. Ah
[0091] (各装置の構成及び動作の説明) (Description of configuration and operation of each device)
以上のように構成される画像投影システム Sにつ!/、て、その構成及び動作にっレ、て 更に詳細に説明する。以下、本発明の実施の形態における無線デバイス 1、画像投 影装置 3及びコンピュータ装置 4のそれぞれの具体的構成及び動作を説明する。  The image projection system S configured as described above will be described in more detail with respect to its configuration and operation. Hereinafter, specific configurations and operations of the wireless device 1, the image projection device 3, and the computer device 4 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
[0092] (無線デバイスについて) [0092] (About wireless devices)
まず、無線デバイス 1の構成及び動作について説明する。図 4は無線デバイス 1の ブロック図、図 5は無線デバイス 1の機能ブロック図、図 6はメモリコントローラ機能部 の構ブロック図である。  First, the configuration and operation of the wireless device 1 will be described. 4 is a block diagram of the wireless device 1, FIG. 5 is a functional block diagram of the wireless device 1, and FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the memory controller function unit.
[0093] 無線デバイス 1は、図 4に示すように、 CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101、 RAM( Random Access Memory) 102, ROM(Read Only Memory) 103,フラッシュメモリ 104 、 USBコネクタ 105、 USB接続回路 106、無線通信部 107、操作部 108、報知部 10 9などから構成されており、持ち運び可能にコンパクトに設計されている。  As shown in FIG. 4, the wireless device 1 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101, a RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, a ROM (Read Only Memory) 103, a flash memory 104, a USB connector 105, a USB connection circuit. 106, a wireless communication unit 107, an operation unit 108, a notification unit 109, and the like, and are designed to be portable and compact.
[0094] CPU101は、 ROM103に格納された制御プログラムを読み出して実行することに よって、無線デバイス 1の制御部として機能する。また、 ROM103には、識別情報( 例えば、 MACアドレス)が格納されており、 CPU101の制御により、 USBコネクタ 10 5を介して、画像投影装置 3やコンピュータ装置 4へこの識別情報を送信することがで きる。 [0095] RAM102は、 CPU101によってワーキングメモリなどとして使用される。また、フラ ッシュメモリ 104は、無線設定情報などを格納する無線設定情報記憶部等として機能 する。 The CPU 101 functions as a control unit of the wireless device 1 by reading and executing a control program stored in the ROM 103. The ROM 103 stores identification information (for example, a MAC address), and the identification information can be transmitted to the image projection apparatus 3 and the computer apparatus 4 through the USB connector 105 under the control of the CPU 101. it can. The RAM 102 is used as a working memory or the like by the CPU 101. Further, the flash memory 104 functions as a wireless setting information storage unit that stores wireless setting information and the like.
[0096] ここで、無線設定情報には、図 9に示すように、無線 LAN規格種別(バンド)、ネット ワークモード、ネットワーク名(ESSID)、無線チャンネル、認証レベル、暗号化レべ ル、データ暗号化方式、喑号キー、 IPアドレス、サブネットマスク、 DNSのアドレス、 有効時間などが含まれる。ネットワークモードには、アクセスポイントを必要とするイン フラストラクチャ一モードとアクセスポイントを必要としな!/、アドホックモードがあるが、こ こでは、無線デバイス 1と画像投影装置間で直接無線通信ができるようにアドホックモ ードに設定される。  [0096] Here, the wireless setting information includes, as shown in FIG. 9, wireless LAN standard type (band), network mode, network name (ESSID), wireless channel, authentication level, encryption level, data Includes encryption method, key number, IP address, subnet mask, DNS address, valid time, etc. The network mode includes an infrastructure mode that requires an access point and an ad hoc mode that does not require an access point. In this mode, wireless communication can be performed directly between the wireless device 1 and the image projector. Is set to ad hoc mode.
[0097] USBコネクタ 105は、汎用の USBコネクタであり、画像投影装置 3及びコンピュータ 装置 4の USBコネクタに接続することができる。 USBコネクタ 105を画像投影装置 3 又はコンピュータ装置 4に接続したときに、 CPU101は、これらの装置とのデータの 送受信を USB接続回路 106を介して行う。 USB接続回路 106は、 USB規格に準じ てデータの送受信を行うためのインターフェイス回路である。  The USB connector 105 is a general-purpose USB connector and can be connected to the USB connectors of the image projection device 3 and the computer device 4. When the USB connector 105 is connected to the image projection device 3 or the computer device 4, the CPU 101 transmits / receives data to / from these devices via the USB connection circuit 106. The USB connection circuit 106 is an interface circuit for transmitting and receiving data in accordance with the USB standard.
[0098] この USBコネクタ 105が画像投影装置 3に接続されたとき、フラッシュメモリ 104に 画像投影装置 3から無線設定情報を書き込み可能となるように、 CPU101によって 制御される。また、 USBコネクタ 105がコンピュータ装置 4に接続されたとき、フラッシ ュメモリ 104に書き込まれた無線設定情報をコンピュータ装置 4により読み出し可能と なるように、 CPU101により制御される。  When the USB connector 105 is connected to the image projection device 3, the CPU 101 controls the wireless memory 104 so that wireless setting information can be written from the image projection device 3. Further, when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer apparatus 4, the CPU 101 is controlled so that the wireless setting information written in the flash memory 104 can be read by the computer apparatus 4.
[0099] 無線通信部 107は、アンテナ 110と、 RF部 111と、ベースバンド部 112とを有して おり、無線 LAN規格に基づいてデータの送受信を行うことができる。なお、 RF部 11 される。  [0099] The wireless communication unit 107 includes an antenna 110, an RF unit 111, and a baseband unit 112, and can transmit and receive data based on the wireless LAN standard. The RF unit 11 is used.
[0100] 無線通信部 107は、コンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を接続したときに、画像 投影装置 3から書き込まれた無線設定情報に基づいた設定により画像投影装置の 無線部と通信を行う。ここで、画像投影装置 3から書き込まれた無線設定情報はまず コンピュータ装置 4に読み込まれ、このように読み込んだ無線設定情報をコンビユー タ装置 4から無線デバイス 1へ送信して、無線通信部 107をその無線設定情報に従 つて無線通信を行わせるようにする方式や、 CPU101が画像投影装置 3から無線設 定情報を読み込んで無線通信部 107をその無線設定情報に従って無線通信を行わ せる方式などがあり、ここでは、前者の方式を例に挙げて説明する。 [0100] When the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4, the wireless communication unit 107 communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device according to settings based on the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3. Here, the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 is first read into the computer device 4, and the wireless setting information read in this way is combined. The wireless communication unit 107 transmits the wireless setting information from the image projection device 3 to the wireless device 1 and transmits wireless communication according to the wireless setting information. There is a method for causing the communication unit 107 to perform wireless communication in accordance with the wireless setting information. Here, the former method will be described as an example.
[0101] 操作部 108は、画像転送停止スィッチ 140、通信時間延長ボタン 141やリセットボ タン 142 (図 3参照)などを有しており、これらのボタンが操作されると、 CPU101がそ の操作を検出し、検出した操作に応じた処理を行う。  [0101] The operation unit 108 includes an image transfer stop switch 140, a communication time extension button 141, a reset button 142 (see FIG. 3), and the like. When these buttons are operated, the CPU 101 performs the operation. Detect and perform processing according to the detected operation.
[0102] 画像転送停止スィッチ 140は、画像投影装置 3への画像データの送信動作の停止 を指示するためのスライドスィッチ(画像送信停止操作部の一例に相当)であり、画像 停止 ONモードと、画像停止 OFFモードとを切り替える切替スィッチである。コンビュ ータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を介して接続されている状態で、この画像転送停止ス イッチ 140が画像停止 ONモード側へ操作されたとき、 CPU101は、その旨の情報を コンピュータ装置に通知する。コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、その情報を受信す ると、画像転送アプリケーションの実行により、画像投影装置に特定画像 (ここでは、 黒画面画像)を投影させるための要求を無線通信部 107を介して画像投影装置 3へ 送信する。  [0102] The image transfer stop switch 140 is a slide switch (corresponding to an example of an image transmission stop operation unit) for instructing stop of the transmission operation of the image data to the image projection device 3, and includes an image stop ON mode, This is a switch to switch between image stop and OFF modes. When this image transfer stop switch 140 is operated to the image stop ON mode side while connected to the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105, the CPU 101 notifies the computer device of the information to that effect. To do. When the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 receives the information, it executes a request for causing the image projection apparatus to project a specific image (here, a black screen image) via the wireless communication unit 107 by executing the image transfer application. Send to image projection device 3.
[0103] なお、コンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を介して接続されている状態で、この 画像転送停止スィッチ 140が画像停止 ONモード側へ操作されたとき、 CPU101は 、コンピュータ装置 4から入力されるデータを画像投影装置 3へ送信せずに、画像投 影装置 3に特定画像を投影させるための要求を無線通信部 107を介して画像投影 装置 3へ送信するようにしてもよ!/、。  Note that when the image transfer stop switch 140 is operated to the image stop ON mode side while being connected to the computer apparatus 4 via the USB connector 105, the CPU 101 is input from the computer apparatus 4. Instead of transmitting data to the image projection device 3, a request for causing the image projection device 3 to project a specific image may be transmitted to the image projection device 3 via the wireless communication unit 107! /.
[0104] 通信時間延長ボタン 141は、フラッシュメモリ 104に記憶された無線設定情報のうち 有効時間を変更するための操作ボタン (有効時間延長手段の一例に相当)であり、 押しボタン式のスィッチである。コンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を介して接続 されている状態で、この通信時間延長ボタン 141が操作 (押下)されたとき、 CPU10 1は、画像投影装置 3と無線通信するための有効時間を延長する処理を行う。この処 理は、 CPU101が、通信時間延長ボタン 141が画像停止 ONモード側へ操作された ことコンピュータ装置 4へ通知し、このコンピュータ装置 4が無線デバイス 1から取り出 した有効時間を延長することによって行う。つまり、コンピュータ装置 4は、画像投影 装置 3との無線通信を行うに当たり、無線デバイス 1のフラッシュメモリ 104に書き込ま れた有効時間を読み出しておき、コンピュータ装置 4の記憶部に記憶しておく。このよ うに記憶した有効時間を経過したか否かを判定する。また、この記憶した有効時間を 変更することによって有効時間を延長する。 [0104] The communication time extension button 141 is an operation button (corresponding to an example of an effective time extension means) for changing the effective time in the wireless setting information stored in the flash memory 104, and is a push button type switch. is there. When the communication time extension button 141 is operated (pressed) while connected to the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105, the CPU 101 extends the effective time for wireless communication with the image projection device 3. Perform the process. In this process, the CPU 101 notifies the computer apparatus 4 that the communication time extension button 141 has been operated to the image stop ON mode side, and the computer apparatus 4 is taken out from the wireless device 1. By extending the valid time. That is, the computer device 4 reads the effective time written in the flash memory 104 of the wireless device 1 and stores it in the storage unit of the computer device 4 when performing wireless communication with the image projection device 3. In this way, it is determined whether or not the stored valid time has elapsed. The effective time is extended by changing the stored effective time.
[0105] なお、 CPU101によってフラッシュメモリ 104に記憶した無線設定情報のうち有効 時間を取り出し、この有効時間に延長時間(例えば、 1時間)を加算し、フラッシュメモ リ 104に記憶した有効時間を上書きすることによって有効時間の延長を行うようにして もよい。この場合、コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、有効時間が経過したかの判定 を行う毎に、無線デバイス 1から有効時間を読み出すことになる。  [0105] The valid time is extracted from the wireless setting information stored in the flash memory 104 by the CPU 101, and the extended time (for example, 1 hour) is added to this valid time to overwrite the valid time stored in the flash memory 104. By doing so, the effective time may be extended. In this case, the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 reads the valid time from the wireless device 1 every time it determines whether the valid time has elapsed.
[0106] 報知部 109は、書き込み中ランプ LED150、画像転送中ランプ 151、アラームラン プ 152 (図 3参照)などを有しており、 CPU101は、状況に応じてこれらのランプを点 灯或いは点滅させる。例えば、無線設定情報がフラッシュメモリ 104に書き込まれ中 であるときには書き込み中ランプ LED150を点滅させる。また、コンピュータ装置 4か ら画像投影装置 3へ画像データを送信中であるときには画像転送中ランプ 151を点 滅させる。また、無線デバイス 1が異常状態のときにはアラームランプ 152を点滅させ る。なお、これらのランプは、 LEDなどによって構成される。  [0106] The notification unit 109 includes a writing lamp LED 150, an image transfer lamp 151, an alarm lamp 152 (see Fig. 3), and the CPU 101 lights or blinks these lamps depending on the situation. Let For example, when the wireless setting information is being written to the flash memory 104, the writing lamp LED 150 is blinked. Further, when image data is being transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3, the image transfer lamp 151 is blinked. When the wireless device 1 is in an abnormal state, the alarm lamp 152 is blinked. These lamps are composed of LEDs or the like.
[0107] ここで、図 5に無線デバイス 1の機能ブロック図を示す。図 5に示すように、無線デバ イス 1は、 USBインターフェイス機能部 120と、メモリコントローラ機能部 121と、 USB ハブ機能部 122と、無線通信機能部 123とを有している。  Here, FIG. 5 shows a functional block diagram of the wireless device 1. As shown in FIG. 5, the wireless device 1 includes a USB interface function unit 120, a memory controller function unit 121, a USB hub function unit 122, and a wireless communication function unit 123.
[0108] USBインターフェイス機能部 120は、図 4における USBコネクタ 105及び USB接 続回路 106に対応し、画像投影装置 3やコンピュータ装置 4との間で USB規格に基 づレ、てデータの送受信を行う。  [0108] The USB interface function unit 120 corresponds to the USB connector 105 and the USB connection circuit 106 in FIG. 4, and transmits / receives data to / from the image projecting device 3 and the computer device 4 based on the USB standard. Do.
[0109] メモリコントローラ機能部 121は、図 4における CPU101及びフラッシュメモリ 104に 対応し、フラッシュメモリ 104を、無線設定情報を記憶する USBメモリとしての機能さ せるリムーバル認識部 124と、フラッシュメモリ 104を、画像転送プログラムをコンビュ ータ装置 4へ転送するための CD— ROMとしての機能させる CD— ROM認識部 12 5とを備えており、 USBハブ機能部 122によって無線デバイス 1を画像投影装置 3や コンピュータ装置 4に USBメモリ及び CD— ROMとしてそれぞれ認識させるようにし ている。 The memory controller function unit 121 corresponds to the CPU 101 and the flash memory 104 in FIG. 4, and includes a removal recognition unit 124 and a flash memory 104 that function the flash memory 104 as a USB memory for storing wireless setting information. And a CD-ROM recognition unit 125 for functioning as a CD-ROM for transferring the image transfer program to the computer device 4, and the wireless device 1 is connected to the image projection device 3 and the USB hub function unit 122. The computer 4 is recognized as a USB memory and a CD-ROM.
[0110] 無線通信機能部 123は、図 4における無線通信部 107に対応し、無線デバイス 1の USBコネクタ 105をコンピュータ装置 4に接続したときに、コンピュータ装置 4にインス トールされたドライバソフトによって制御される。  [0110] The wireless communication function unit 123 corresponds to the wireless communication unit 107 in FIG. 4, and is controlled by driver software installed in the computer device 4 when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the computer device 4. Is done.
[0111] メモリコントローラ機能部 121は、図 6に示すように、リムーバル認識部 124及び CD — ROM認識部 125を有する他、物理メモリ部(フラッシュメモリ 104の一部)には、無 線設定アプリケーションや画像転送アプリケーションなどの複数のアプリケーションプ ログラム 130と、デバイスドライバ 131と、インストーラプログラム 132と、無線設定情報 133とが記憶される。なお、物理メモリ部としてのフラッシュメモリ 104は、一つのフラッ シュメモリで構成しても複数のフラッシュメモリで構成してもよい。  [0111] As shown in FIG. 6, the memory controller function unit 121 includes a removal recognition unit 124 and a CD-ROM recognition unit 125, as well as a radio setting application in the physical memory unit (part of the flash memory 104). A plurality of application programs 130 such as an image transfer application, a device driver 131, an installer program 132, and wireless setting information 133 are stored. Note that the flash memory 104 as a physical memory unit may be configured by one flash memory or a plurality of flash memories.
[0112] 画像転送アプリケーションは、コンピュータ装置 4にインストールされることにより、コ ンピュータ装置 4に、無線デバイス 1を制御して、コンピュータ装置 4からの画像デー タを画像投影装置 3へ送信する画像送信手段として機能させるものである。  [0112] When the image transfer application is installed in the computer device 4, the computer device 4 controls the wireless device 1 to transmit image data from the computer device 4 to the image projection device 3. It functions as a means.
[0113] また、デバイスドライバ 131は、コンピュータ装置 4にインストールされることにより、コ ンピュータ装置 4に、無線デバイス 1の無線通信部 107を制御する機能を実行させる ものである。  Further, the device driver 131 causes the computer apparatus 4 to execute a function of controlling the wireless communication unit 107 of the wireless device 1 by being installed in the computer apparatus 4.
[0114] また、無線設定アプリケーションは、コンピュータ装置 4にインストールされることによ り、コンピュータ装置 4に、無線デバイス 1に無線設定情報などを設定する機能を実 行させるものである。  [0114] The wireless setting application is installed in the computer apparatus 4 to cause the computer apparatus 4 to execute a function of setting wireless setting information or the like in the wireless device 1.
[0115] インストーラプログラム 132は、コンピュータ装置 4によって実行されることにより、画 像転送アプリケーション 130やデバイスドライバ 131をコンピュータ装置 4にインスト一 ルするものである。  [0115] The installer program 132 is executed by the computer apparatus 4 to install the image transfer application 130 and the device driver 131 in the computer apparatus 4.
[0116] (画像投影装置 3について)  [0116] (Image projection device 3)
画像投影装置 3は、図 7に示すように、 USBコネクタ(接続部の一例に相当する)を 有し、 USB規格に基づく通信を行う USBインターフェイス 314と、各種操作を行うた めの制御パネル 302と、画像投影装置 3全体を制御する制御部 303と、無線設定情 報などの情報を保持するための不揮発性メモリ 304と、計時手段である時計回路 30 5と、無線 LAN規格に準拠した無線通信を行う無線部 306と、外部から映像信号を 入力する映像信号入力回路 307と、映像信号入力回路 307を介して入力される映像 信号や無線部 306を介して受信される画像データに基づいた画像を投影する投影 部 308とを備えており、これらはハウジングに内蔵される。 As shown in FIG. 7, the image projection device 3 has a USB connector (corresponding to an example of a connection unit), a USB interface 314 that performs communication based on the USB standard, and a control panel 302 that performs various operations. A control unit 303 that controls the entire image projection apparatus 3, a non-volatile memory 304 that holds information such as wireless setting information, and a clock circuit 30 that is a time measuring means. 5, a wireless unit 306 that performs wireless communication compliant with the wireless LAN standard, a video signal input circuit 307 that inputs a video signal from the outside, and a video signal or wireless unit 306 that is input via the video signal input circuit 307 A projection unit 308 that projects an image based on the image data received via the image data, and these are built in the housing.
[0117] USBインターフェイス 314の USBコネクタには、無線デバイス 1の USBコネクタを 接続すること力 sできる。制御部 303は、無線デバイス 1の USBコネクタ 105が USBィ ンターフェイス 314に接続されているか否かを検出し、接続されている場合には、無 線デバイス 1とのデータの送受信を行う。 [0117] The USB connector of the USB interface 314 may be force s to connect the USB connector of the wireless device 1. The control unit 303 detects whether or not the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB interface 314. If the USB connector 105 is connected, the control unit 303 transmits and receives data to and from the wireless device 1.
[0118] 制御パネル 302は、画像投影装置 3において使用者が操作可能な箇所、すなわち ノ、ウジングの外壁面の適所に設けられており、使用者がこの制御パネル 302を操作 することによって、その操作内容に応じた制御を制御部 303が実行する。制御パネル 302には、上述した設定書込ボタン 315 (書き込み指示操作部の一例に相当)ゃ更 新ボタン 316 (更新操作部の一例に相当)などが配置されている。  [0118] The control panel 302 is provided at a position where the user can operate the image projection apparatus 3, that is, at a suitable position on the outer wall surface of the housing, and when the user operates the control panel 302, the control panel 302 The control unit 303 executes control according to the operation content. On the control panel 302, the above-described setting write button 315 (corresponding to an example of a write instruction operation unit), update button 316 (corresponding to an example of an update operation unit), and the like are arranged.
[0119] 制御部 303は、 CPU, ROM, RAMなどを内蔵しており、 CPUが ROMに予め格 納されたプログラムを読み出して実行することによって制御部として機能する。なお、 RAMはワーキングメモリなどとして用いられる。  [0119] The control unit 303 includes a CPU, ROM, RAM, and the like, and functions as a control unit when the CPU reads and executes a program stored in advance in the ROM. The RAM is used as a working memory.
[0120] 不揮発性メモリ 304は、例えば、フラッシュメモリ(flash memory)などから構成され、 制御部 303によって生成される無線設定情報などを保持する。  [0120] The non-volatile memory 304 is composed of, for example, a flash memory, and holds wireless setting information generated by the control unit 303.
[0121] 無線部 306は、アンテナとアンテナを介して無線信号を送受信する RF (無線)ュニ ットなどから構成される無線回路 312と、無線回路 312により送受信する無線信号を 無線 LAN規格に準じた無線信号とする処理を行う無線制御部 313とを備えている。 なお、ここでの無線制御部 313は、マイクロコンピュータから構成される。  [0121] The radio unit 306 is a wireless LAN standard that includes an antenna and an RF (radio) unit that transmits and receives radio signals via the antenna, and a radio signal that is transmitted and received by the radio circuit 312. And a wireless control unit 313 that performs processing for conforming wireless signals. Here, the wireless control unit 313 is composed of a microcomputer.
[0122] 映像信号入力回路 307は、コンポジット映像信号 (例えば NTSC映像信号)ゃコン ポーネント映像信号 (例えば RGB信号)などの映像信号を外部からケーブルを介し て入力するときのためのものである。  [0122] The video signal input circuit 307 is used when a video signal such as a composite video signal (eg, NTSC video signal) or a component video signal (eg, RGB signal) is input from the outside via a cable.
[0123] 投影部 308は、ランプ駆動回路 320と、光源 321と、照明光学系 322と、透過型液 晶パネル 323 (以下、「LCD323」とする。)と、結像光学系 324と、画像処理回路 32 5と、 LCD駆動回路 326と、ピント調整回路 327とを備えている。 [0124] 光源 321は、ランプなどから構成され、制御部 303によって制御されたランプ駆動 回路 320から出力される信号に基づいて、点灯駆動されて発光する。光源 321で発 光された光は、照明光学系 322によって、照明光として LCD323に照射される。 Projection unit 308 includes lamp drive circuit 320, light source 321, illumination optical system 322, transmissive liquid crystal panel 323 (hereinafter referred to as “LCD323”), imaging optical system 324, and image. A processing circuit 325, an LCD drive circuit 326, and a focus adjustment circuit 327 are provided. The light source 321 is composed of a lamp or the like, and is driven to light up and emits light based on a signal output from the lamp driving circuit 320 controlled by the control unit 303. The light emitted from the light source 321 is irradiated on the LCD 323 as illumination light by the illumination optical system 322.
[0125] 画像処理回路 325は、制御ユニット Uによる制御に基づいて、映像信号入力回路 3 07に入力された映像信号或いは無線部 306により受信した画像データに対し、信号 の付加や変更などの加工を行う。このように加工されて生成された画像信号は、 LC D駆動回路 326に入力される。  Based on the control by the control unit U, the image processing circuit 325 performs processing such as addition or change of a signal on the video signal input to the video signal input circuit 303 or the image data received by the wireless unit 306. I do. The image signal processed and generated in this way is input to the LCD drive circuit 326.
[0126] LCD323は、 LCD駆動回路 326によって駆動され、その表示面に映像を表示する 。このように表示された映像は、照明光学系 322からの照明光によって、光として LC D323から出射される。続いて、この出射光は、結像光学系 324及びハウジングの投 影用開口部を通って、スクリーン (投射面)に投影される。このように、 LCD323に表 示される画像力 Sスクリーンに投影される構成となっている。なお、ピント調整機構によ つて、スクリーンに投影する画像のピントを調整することができる。  The LCD 323 is driven by the LCD drive circuit 326 and displays an image on its display surface. The image thus displayed is emitted from the LCD 323 as light by the illumination light from the illumination optical system 322. Subsequently, the emitted light passes through the imaging optical system 324 and the projection opening of the housing, and is projected onto the screen (projection surface). In this way, the image force S displayed on the LCD 323 is projected onto the screen. The focus adjustment mechanism can adjust the focus of the image projected on the screen.
[0127] ここで、画像投影装置 3における無線情報の設定について、図 8,図 10及び図 11 のフローチャートを参照して具体的に説明する。図 8は画像投影装置 3における無線 情報の設定処理のフローチャート、図 9は無線設定情報の一例を示す図、図 10は画 像投影装置 3における有効時間埋め込み処理のフローチャート、図 11は画像投影 装置 3における暗号キー自動更新処理のフローチャートである。  Here, the setting of wireless information in the image projection apparatus 3 will be specifically described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. FIG. 8 is a flowchart of wireless information setting processing in the image projection apparatus 3, FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of wireless setting information, FIG. 10 is a flowchart of effective time embedding processing in the image projection apparatus 3, and FIG. 5 is a flowchart of encryption key automatic update processing in FIG.
[0128] まず、図 8を参照して、画像投影装置 3における無線情報設定の基本的な動作の 一例について説明する。  First, with reference to FIG. 8, an example of a basic operation for setting wireless information in the image projecting apparatus 3 will be described.
[0129] 図 8に示すように、画像投影装置 3の制御部 303は、画像投影装置 3の電源が ON されたか否か、設定書込ボタン 315が ON (押下)されたか否力、、及び無線デバイス 1 が揷入されたか否かを検出する(ステップ S100)。この処理において、電源の ON、 設定書込ボタン 315の ON及び無線デバイス 1の揷入のいずれかを検出すると(ステ ップ S 100 :YES)、制御部 303は、ステップ S101の処理に移行する。一方、電源の ON、設定書込ボタン 315の ON及び無線デバイス 1の揷入の!/、ずれも検出されな!/ヽ と(ステップ S100 : NO)、ステップ S100の処理を繰り返し実効する。  As shown in FIG. 8, the control unit 303 of the image projecting device 3 determines whether the power of the image projecting device 3 is turned on, whether the setting write button 315 is turned on (pressed), It is detected whether or not the wireless device 1 has been inserted (step S100). In this process, if any one of power ON, setting write button 315 ON and wireless device 1 insertion is detected (step S 100: YES), the control unit 303 proceeds to the process of step S 101. . On the other hand, when the power is turned on, the setting write button 315 is turned on, and the wireless device 1 is inserted! /, And no deviation is detected (step S100: NO), the process of step S100 is repeatedly executed.
[0130] ステップ S101において、制御部 303は、無線部 306の機能を動作させ、無線部 30 6での無線信号の送受信を開始して (ステップ S 101)、処理をステップ SI 02に移行 する。 [0130] In step S101, the control unit 303 operates the function of the wireless unit 306, and the wireless unit 30 The transmission / reception of the radio signal in step 6 is started (step S101), and the process proceeds to step SI02.
[0131] ステップ S102において、制御部 303は、 USBインターフェイス 314に USBデバイ スが揷入されているか否かを判定する(ステップ S102)。この処理において、 USBデ バイスが揷入されていると判定すると(ステップ S102 : YES)、制御部 303は、 USB デバイスの識別情報を取得する(ステップ S103)。ここでは、識別情報として、 USB デバイスに割り当てられた MACアドレスを例に挙げて説明する。  [0131] In step S102, the control unit 303 determines whether or not a USB device is inserted in the USB interface 314 (step S102). In this process, if it is determined that the USB device is inserted (step S102: YES), the control unit 303 acquires the identification information of the USB device (step S103). Here, the MAC address assigned to the USB device is taken as an example of identification information.
[0132] 次に、制御部 303は、揷入されている USBデバイスの識別情報が無線デバイス 1 が保有する識別情報であるか否力、を判定する (ステップ S 104)。ここで、識別情報で ある MACアドレスは、上位 24ビットがベンダー IDとなっており、下位 24ビットがベン ダー毎に割り当てるシリアル番号となっている。制御部 303は、 USBデバイスの MA Cアドレスが所定のベンダー IDであり、かつ所定のシリアル番号となっているか否か を判定することにより、 USBデバイスの MACアドレスが無線デバイス 1の MACァドレ スであるか否かを判定する。  Next, the control unit 303 determines whether or not the identification information of the inserted USB device is the identification information held by the wireless device 1 (step S 104). Here, in the MAC address, which is identification information, the upper 24 bits are the vendor ID, and the lower 24 bits are the serial number assigned to each vendor. The control unit 303 determines whether the MAC address of the USB device is a predetermined vendor ID and a predetermined serial number, so that the MAC address of the USB device is the MAC address of the wireless device 1. It is determined whether or not there is.
[0133] この処理において、揷入された USBデバイスが無線デバイス 1であると判定すると( ステップ S 104 : YES)、制御部 303は、無線部 306の機能を停止して、無線部 306 での無線信号の送受信を停止する(ステップ S105)。  [0133] In this process, if it is determined that the inserted USB device is the wireless device 1 (step S104: YES), the control unit 303 stops the function of the wireless unit 306, and the wireless unit 306 Wireless signal transmission / reception is stopped (step S105).
[0134] その後、制御部 303は、時計回路 305から現時刻の情報を取得し(ステップ S106) 、さらに接続可能時間を不揮発性メモリ 304から読み出す (ステップ S107)。このとき 、制御部 303は、接続可能時間と現時刻とに基づいて、有効時間を算出する。例え ば、接続可能時間が 2時間であり、現時刻が PM2 : 30であるとすると、有効時間を P M4 : 30とする。また、年月日も有効時間に含める。  Thereafter, the control unit 303 acquires the current time information from the clock circuit 305 (step S106), and further reads the connectable time from the nonvolatile memory 304 (step S107). At this time, the control unit 303 calculates the valid time based on the connectable time and the current time. For example, if the connectable time is 2 hours and the current time is PM2: 30, the valid time is PM4: 30. The date is also included in the valid time.
[0135] 次いで、制御部 303は、無線部 306等で用いる喑号キーを生成して(ステップ S10 8)、ステップ S109に処理を移行する。このように、制御部 303は、無線設定情報を 無線デバイス 1のフラッシュメモリ 104に書き込む前に、無線設定情報のうち少なくと も暗号キーを生成する設定情報生成部として機能する。なお、暗号キーの生成は、 無線デバイス 1に無線設定情報を書き込む直前に行うようにしている力 画像投影装 置の電源が ONとなる毎に喑号キーの生成を行うようにすることもできる。また、設定 書込ボタン 315が操作される毎に喑号キーの生成を行うようにしてもよい。 Next, the control unit 303 generates a sign key used in the radio unit 306 and the like (step S10 8), and the process proceeds to step S109. As described above, the control unit 303 functions as a setting information generation unit that generates at least an encryption key of the wireless setting information before writing the wireless setting information in the flash memory 104 of the wireless device 1. Note that the encryption key is generated immediately before the wireless setting information is written to the wireless device 1. The power key can be generated each time the image projection apparatus is turned on. . Also set Each time the write button 315 is operated, the key number key may be generated.
[0136] ステップ S109において、制御部 303は、無線設定情報を不揮発性メモリ 304から 読み出す。ここで読み出す無線設定情報は、図 9に示したように、ネットワークモード 、ネットワーク名(暗号キーと有効時間を除く)などがある。なお、このように読み出した 情報とステップ S108で生成した喑号キー及びステップ S107で生成した有効時間が 無線デバイス 1に書き込むための無線設定情報となる。但し、 IPアドレスに関しては、 画像投影装置 3とは異なる IPアドレスが設定される。 In step S109, the control unit 303 reads the wireless setting information from the nonvolatile memory 304. The wireless setting information read out here includes the network mode, the network name (excluding the encryption key and the valid time), as shown in FIG. Note that the information read in this way, the key number generated in step S108, and the valid time generated in step S107 become wireless setting information for writing to the wireless device 1. However, regarding the IP address, an IP address different from that of the image projection apparatus 3 is set.
[0137] 次に、制御部 303は、無線デバイス 1への無線設定情報の書き込み処理を開始す るために、無線デバイス 1へ書き込み要求を行う。この要求が無線デバイス 1で受信さ れると、無線デバイス 1の CPU101は、書き込み中ランプ 150を点灯させる(ステップ S 110)。 Next, the control unit 303 makes a write request to the wireless device 1 in order to start processing for writing wireless setting information to the wireless device 1. When this request is received by the wireless device 1, the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 turns on the writing lamp 150 (step S110).
[0138] その後、制御部 303は、無線設定情報を無線デバイス 1のフラッシュメモリ 104に書 き込む(ステップ S111)。制御部 303は、書き込みが終了するまで待ち(ステップ S11 2)、この書き込みが終了すると(ステップ S112 : YES)、処理をステップ S 113に移行 する。ステップ S 113において、制御部 303は、書き込み中ランプ 150を消灯させる。 一方、書き込みが終了してないと(ステップ S112 : NO)、ステップ S112の処理を繰り 返し実行する。  Thereafter, control unit 303 writes the wireless setting information to flash memory 104 of wireless device 1 (step S111). The control unit 303 waits until the writing is completed (step S112), and when this writing is completed (step S112: YES), the process proceeds to step S113. In step S 113, the control unit 303 turns off the writing lamp 150. On the other hand, if the writing has not been completed (step S112: NO), the process of step S112 is repeatedly executed.
[0139] ステップ S114において、制御部 303は、無線デバイス 1が USBインターフェイス 31 4から無線デバイス 1が抜かれたか否かを判定する(ステップ S114)。この処理にお いて、無線デバイス 1が抜かれたと判定すると(ステップ S 114 :YES)、制御部 303は 、無線部 306の機能を再開して、無線部 306での無線信号の送受信を可能とし (ステ ップ S 115)、処理をステップ S116に移行する。一方、無線デバイス 1が抜かれてな V、と判定すると(ステップ S114: NO)、ステップ SI 14の処理を繰り返し実効する。  In step S114, the control unit 303 determines whether the wireless device 1 has been disconnected from the USB interface 314 (step S114). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has been removed (step S 114: YES), the control unit 303 resumes the function of the wireless unit 306 and enables the wireless unit 306 to transmit and receive wireless signals ( Step S115), the process proceeds to Step S116. On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has not been removed V (step S114: NO), the process of step SI14 is repeatedly executed.
[0140] ステップ S102において、 USBインターフェイス 314に USBデバイスが揷入されて V、な!/、と判定すると(ステップ S 102 : NO)、処理をステップ S 116に移行する。  [0140] If a USB device is inserted into the USB interface 314 in step S102 and V, na! / Is determined (step S102: NO), the process proceeds to step S116.
[0141] また、ステップ S 104において、揷入された USBデバイスが無線デバイス 1ではない と判定すると(ステップ S 104 : NO)、制御部 303は、処理をステップ S116に移行す る。なお、 USBデバイスが無線部を有するデバイスであっても、その識別情報が特定 の識別情報でなレ、と判定すると、無線デバイス 1ではな!/、と判定して、無線設定情報 の書き込みを行わなレ、ようにしてレ、る。 [0141] If it is determined in step S104 that the inserted USB device is not wireless device 1 (step S104: NO), control unit 303 causes the process to proceed to step S116. Note that even if the USB device is a device with a wireless part, its identification information is specified. If it is determined that the wireless device information is not valid, the wireless device 1 determines that the wireless device 1 is not! /, And the wireless setting information is not written.
[0142] ステップ S116において、制御部 303は、電源がオフであるか否かを判断する。制 御部 303は、電源がオフであると判定した場合には(ステップ S116 : YES)、本処理 を終了する一方、電源がオフではないと判定した場合には (ステップ S116 : NO)、ス テツプ S 100から繰り返し処理を実行することとなる。  In step S116, control unit 303 determines whether or not the power is off. If the control unit 303 determines that the power is off (step S116: YES), the control unit 303 terminates this process. If the control unit 303 determines that the power is not off (step S116: NO), the control unit 303 The process is repeated from step S100.
[0143] 以上のように、本実施形態における画像投影装置 3の制御部 303は、無線デバイス  [0143] As described above, the control unit 303 of the image projection apparatus 3 in the present embodiment is a wireless device.
1が USBコネクタ 105に接続されると、画像投影装置 3と無線通信を行うための無線 設定情報をこの無線デバイス 1に書き込むようにしている。また、無線デバイス 1が U SBコネクタ 105に接続されてから所定期間は、無線部 306の動作を停止するように している。  When 1 is connected to the USB connector 105, wireless setting information for performing wireless communication with the image projection device 3 is written into the wireless device 1. In addition, the operation of the wireless unit 306 is stopped for a predetermined period after the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB connector 105.
[0144] ところで、上述の実施形態においては、暗号キーと有効時間とを別々の情報として 無線デバイス 1に書き込むこととした力 暗号キーに有効時間を埋め込むようにしても よい。  By the way, in the above-described embodiment, the effective time may be embedded in the force encryption key in which the encryption key and the effective time are written in the wireless device 1 as separate information.
[0145] この場合、図 10に示すように、制御部 303は、まずランダム変数を生成する(ステツ プ S120)。その後、制御部 303は、不揮発性メモリ 304に記憶している無線設定情 報のうち接続可能時間の情報を取得し、このように取得した接続可能時間と時計回 路 305から得られた現時刻の情報と基づいて有効時間を演算する(ステップ S121)  In this case, as shown in FIG. 10, control unit 303 first generates a random variable (step S120). After that, the control unit 303 obtains information on the connectable time from the wireless setting information stored in the nonvolatile memory 304, and the connectable time thus obtained and the current time obtained from the clock circuit 305. The effective time is calculated based on the information (step S121).
[0146] 次いで、制御部 303は、不揮発性メモリ 304に記憶している無線設定情報の喑号 キーのモードが 64bitなのか 128bitなのかを判定する(ステップ S122)。この処理に おいて、喑号キーのモードが 128bitであると判定する(ステップ S122 : 128bit)と、 制御部 303は、喑号キーの制限を 13文字或いは 26桁の 16進数とする(ステップ S 1 23)。一方、喑号キーのモードが 64bitであると判定すると(ステップ S 122 : 64bit)、 制御部 303は、喑号キーの制限を 5文字或いは 10桁の 16進数とする(ステップ S 12 4)。 Next, the control unit 303 determines whether the sign key mode of the wireless setting information stored in the nonvolatile memory 304 is 64-bit or 128-bit (step S122). In this process, if it is determined that the mode of the 喑 key is 128 bits (step S122: 128 bit), the control unit 303 sets the limit of the 喑 key to 13 characters or 26 hexadecimal digits (step S). one two Three). On the other hand, if it is determined that the mode of the 喑 sign key is 64 bits (step S122: 64bit), the control unit 303 sets the limit of the 喑 sign key to a hexadecimal number of 5 characters or 10 digits (step S124).
[0147] その後、ステップ S 120で生成したランダム変数(ランダム値)とステップ S 121で演 算した有効時間とに基づいて、制御部 303は、暗号キーを生成する(ステップ S125) 。この喑号キーは、ステップ S123の処理或いはステップ S124の処理によって制限さ れた条件で生成されることになる。例えば、 128bitの場合、 13文字のうち、前半 7文 字をランダム変数で構成し、後半 6文字を日時で構成する。このように、構成すること により、コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションは、暗号キーにより有効時間 を設定することカできる。また、コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、画像転送アプリケ ーシヨンの実行により、暗号キーに基づいて、有効時間を検出することができる。 [0147] Thereafter, based on the random variable (random value) generated in step S120 and the valid time calculated in step S121, the control unit 303 generates an encryption key (step S125). . This key number is generated under the conditions limited by the process of step S123 or the process of step S124. For example, in the case of 128 bits, out of 13 characters, the first 7 characters are composed of random variables, and the last 6 characters are composed of the date and time. By configuring in this way, the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4 can set the valid time using the encryption key. Further, the CPU 405 of the computer device 4 can detect the valid time based on the encryption key by executing the image transfer application.
[0148] ところで、画像投影装置 3によって生成する暗号キーを継続して同一の暗号キーと してしまうと、仮に暗号キーが知られた場合に、その後にコンピュータ装置 4と画像投 影装置 3との間の無線通信を傍受されてしまう恐れがある。上述においては、無線デ バイス 1に無線設定情報を書き込む毎に暗号キーを更新することによって、無線通信 の秘匿性を向上させている。  [0148] By the way, if the encryption key generated by the image projection device 3 is continued to be the same encryption key, if the encryption key is known, then the computer device 4 and the image projection device 3 There is a risk that the wireless communication between them will be intercepted. In the above, the confidentiality of the wireless communication is improved by updating the encryption key every time the wireless setting information is written to the wireless device 1.
[0149] ところ力 複数のコンピュータ装置 4の表示画像を切り替えて、画像投影装置 3から 表示画像を投影する場合、複数のコンピュータ装置 4にそれぞれ接続するための、 複数の無線デバイス 1が必要となる。しかし、無線デバイス 1毎に暗号キーを変更して しまうと、最新に画像投影装置 3に接続した無線デバイス 1のみしか画像投影装置 3 と通信ができなくなってしまうという問題がある。また、無線デバイス 1が接続される毎 に暗号キーを変更しなければならず処理に負荷が生じる。  However, when switching the display image of the plurality of computer apparatuses 4 and projecting the display image from the image projecting apparatus 3, a plurality of wireless devices 1 for connecting to the plurality of computer apparatuses 4 are required. . However, if the encryption key is changed for each wireless device 1, there is a problem that only the wireless device 1 connected to the image projecting device 3 can communicate with the image projecting device 3 most recently. In addition, every time the wireless device 1 is connected, the encryption key must be changed, resulting in a heavy processing load.
[0150] そこで、本実施形態の画像投影装置 3においては、所定の条件を満たすときに、喑 号キーを更新するようにしている。このように暗号キーを更新する手法の一例を、図 面を参照して説明する。図 11は、暗号キー自動更新処理のフローチャートである。  [0150] Therefore, in the image projector 3 of the present embodiment, the sign key is updated when a predetermined condition is satisfied. An example of a method for updating the encryption key in this way will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 11 is a flowchart of the encryption key automatic update process.
[0151] 図 11に示すように、暗号キー自動更新処理が開始されると、制御部 303は、まず、 経過時間を初期化する(ステップ S 130)。  As shown in FIG. 11, when the encryption key automatic update process is started, the control unit 303 first initializes the elapsed time (step S 130).
[0152] その後、制御部 303は、無線デバイス 1が USBインターフェイス 314から抜かれた か否かを検出する(ステップ S 131)。この処理において、無線デバイス 1が USBイン ターフェイス 314から抜かれたと判定すると(ステップ S 131 : YES)、制御部 303は、 経過時間のカウントアップを開始(ステップ S 132)して、処理をステップ S 133に移行 する。一方、無線デバイス 1が USBインターフェイス 314力も抜かれていない判定す ると(ステップ S 131 : NO)、制御部 303は、無線デバイス 1が USBインターフェイス 3 14から抜かれたと判定するまで、このステップ S131の処理を繰り返し行う。 Thereafter, the control unit 303 detects whether or not the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the USB interface 314 (step S 131). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the USB interface 314 (step S 131: YES), the control unit 303 starts counting up the elapsed time (step S 132), and performs the process in step S 132. Move to 133. On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has not pulled out the USB interface 314 (step S 131: NO), the control unit 303 determines that the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB interface 3. The process of step S131 is repeatedly performed until it is determined that 14 has been removed.
[0153] ステップ S133において、カウントアップしている経過時間を取得した後、制御部 30 3は、画像投影装置 3の無線部 306が無線通信を行って!/、る状態(無線接続中)であ るか否かを判定する(ステップ S 134)。  [0153] In step S133, after acquiring the elapsed time counted up, the control unit 303 is in a state in which the wireless unit 306 of the image projection device 3 performs wireless communication! It is determined whether or not there is (step S134).
[0154] この処理にお!/、て、無線部 306が無線通信を行って!/、な!/、状態であると判定すると  [0154] In this process, if the wireless unit 306 determines that the state is that the wireless unit 306 has performed wireless communication!
(ステップ S 134 : NO)、制御部 303は、経過時間が接続許容時間を越えたか否かを 判定する(ステップ S135)。一方、無線部 306が無線通信を行っている状態であると 判定すると(ステップ S 134 : YES)、制御部 303は、経過時間をリセット(ステップ S 13 7)して、処理をステップ S 131に移行する。  (Step S134: NO), the control unit 303 determines whether or not the elapsed time exceeds the allowable connection time (Step S135). On the other hand, when determining that the wireless unit 306 is performing wireless communication (step S 134: YES), the control unit 303 resets the elapsed time (step S 13 7), and the process proceeds to step S 131. Transition.
[0155] ステップ S135において、経過時間が接続許容時間を越えたと判定すると(ステップ S 135 : YES)、制御部 303は、喑号キーの更新を行って(ステップ S 136)喑号キー 自動更新処理を終了する。一方、経過時間が接続許容時間を越えていないと判定 すると(ステップ S 135 : NO)、制御部 303は、処理をステップ S 131に移行する。  [0155] If it is determined in step S135 that the elapsed time has exceeded the allowable connection time (step S 135: YES), the control unit 303 updates the number key (step S 136) and automatically updates the number key. Exit. On the other hand, when determining that the elapsed time does not exceed the allowable connection time (step S135: NO), the control unit 303 shifts the processing to step S131.
[0156] このように本実施形態の画像投影装置 3の制御部 303は、無線部 306を介してコン ピュータ装置 4との通信が行われない期間が所定期間以上 (例えば、 2時間以上)と なったとき、無線設定情報のうち少なくとも暗号キーを生成して更新するようにしてお り、これにより暗号キー生成処理の負荷を低減することができる。また、複数の無線デ バイス 1に無線設定を行うことができる。なお、 IPアドレスに関しては、制御部 303は、 無線デバイス 1毎に異なる IPアドレスを割り当てるようにする必要がある。  As described above, the control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 according to the present embodiment has a period in which communication with the computer device 4 is not performed via the wireless unit 306 for a predetermined period or longer (for example, 2 hours or longer). In such a case, at least the encryption key of the wireless setting information is generated and updated, thereby reducing the load of the encryption key generation process. In addition, a plurality of wireless devices 1 can be wirelessly set. Regarding the IP address, the control unit 303 needs to assign a different IP address to each wireless device 1.
[0157] また、喑号キーの更新を自動的に行うことに加え又は代えて、手動操作によって行 うようにしてもよい。すなわち、画像投影装置 3には、無線設定情報のうち少なくとも喑 号キーを生成して更新する動作を指示する更新ボタン 316を備えており、更新ボタン 316が操作される毎に、無線設定情報のうち少なくとも暗号キーを生成して更新する ようにしてもよい。画像投影装置 3の電源を ONのままにして、利用者や利用グノレー プが交代する場合には、暗号キーを更新することにより高いセキュリティを確保できる [0157] Further, in addition to or instead of automatically updating the 喑 key, it may be performed manually. That is, the image projecting device 3 includes an update button 316 that instructs an operation to generate and update at least a signal key in the wireless setting information, and each time the update button 316 is operated, the wireless setting information is updated. Of these, at least an encryption key may be generated and updated. High security can be ensured by updating the encryption key when the image projector 3 is left on and the user or use gnole changes.
Yes
[0158] (コンピュータ装置 4について)  [0158] (Computer device 4)
次に、コンピュータ装置 4について、図面を参照して説明する。図 12は本実施形態 におけるコンピュータ装置 4のブロック図である。 Next, the computer apparatus 4 will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 12 shows this embodiment. FIG. 6 is a block diagram of a computer device 4 in FIG.
[0159] 図 12に示すように、コンピュータ装置 4は、 USBコネクタ 401と、 USBバスコントロ ーラ 402と、表示部である LCD403と、 LDC303に表示させるための処理を行うグラ フィックスコントローラ 404と、コンピュータ装置 4全体の制御を行う CPU405と、プロ グラムや各種パラメータを格納するメモリ 406と、これらを接続する第 1のバス 407を 備えている。 As shown in FIG. 12, the computer apparatus 4 includes a USB connector 401, a USB bus controller 402, an LCD 403 as a display unit, a graphics controller 404 that performs processing for displaying on the LDC 303, A CPU 405 that controls the computer apparatus 4 as a whole, a memory 406 that stores programs and various parameters, and a first bus 407 that connects them are provided.
[0160] さらに、コンピュータ装置 4は、 10BASE- Tや 100BASE- TXに対応した LANイン ターフェイス 410と、マウス 411と、キーボード 412と、じ0/0¥0ドラィブ413と、フロ ッピー(登録商標)ディスクドライブ 414と、ノ、ードディスク 415と、これらを接続する第 2のノ ス 416を備えている。そして、第 1のバス 407と第 2のバス 416とのデータのやり 取りを制御するバスコントローラ 408とを備えている。  [0160] Further, the computer device 4 includes a LAN interface 410, a mouse 411, a keyboard 412, a 0/0 ¥ 0 drive 413, and a floppy (registered trademark) compatible with 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX. ) A disk drive 414, a node disk 415, and a second node 416 for connecting them are provided. A bus controller 408 that controls data exchange between the first bus 407 and the second bus 416 is provided.
[0161] USBコネクタ 401と USBバスコントローラ 402によって、無線デバイス 1や外付けキ 一ボードなどの USBデバイスと USB規格に基づいたデータの送受信を処理を行うも のである。  [0161] The USB connector 401 and the USB bus controller 402 process data transmission / reception based on the USB standard with a USB device such as the wireless device 1 or an external keyboard board.
[0162] また、メモリ 406には、オペレーティングシステム(OS)プログラムゃプレゼンテーシ ヨン用アプリケーションプログラムが格納されており、コンピュータ装置 4の電源がオン になると、まず CPU405はメモリ 406から OSプログラムを読み出して実行することに より、マウス 411やキーボード 412の入出力に関する機能や、メモリ 406やハードディ スク 415などのメモリ管理など、コンピュータ装置の基本的な機能を実行可能にする ものである。  [0162] In addition, the memory 406 stores an operating system (OS) program and an application program for presentation. When the computer apparatus 4 is turned on, the CPU 405 first reads the OS program from the memory 406. By executing the functions, basic functions of the computer device such as functions related to input / output of the mouse 411 and the keyboard 412 and memory management such as the memory 406 and the hard disk 415 can be executed.
[0163] そして、この OSプログラムが CPU405によって実行された状態で、プレゼンテーシ ヨン用アプリケーションプログラムなどのコンピュータプログラムがメモリ 406から読み 出されて実行される。なお、後述のように、デバイスドライバや画像転送用アプリケー シヨンプログラムがインストールされた場合には、これらも CPU405によって実行され ることにより、各種の制御を行うことになる。  [0163] Then, in a state where the OS program is executed by the CPU 405, a computer program such as a presentation application program is read from the memory 406 and executed. As will be described later, when a device driver or an image transfer application program is installed, these are also executed by the CPU 405 to perform various controls.
[0164] 以上のように構成されたコンピュータ装置 4における無線情報設定の基本的な動作 の一例について説明する。図 13は、コンピュータ装置 4における無線情報設定の動 作を示すフローチャートであり、コンピュータ装置 4の制御部である CPU405によって 制卸されるあのである。 An example of a basic operation for setting wireless information in the computer apparatus 4 configured as described above will be described. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the wireless information setting operation in the computer apparatus 4, which is performed by the CPU 405 that is a control unit of the computer apparatus 4. That is the wholesale.
[0165] 図 13に示すように、コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、無線デバイス 1が接続され てレ、るか否かを判定する(ステップ S200)。無線デバイス 1が接続されて!/、るか否か の判定は、 USBコネクタ 401に USBデバイスが接続されたか否かを判定し、さらに U SBデバイスが接続されたときに、この USBデバイスが特定の識別情報を有している かによつて判定する。  [0165] As shown in FIG. 13, the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 is connected (step S200). Whether or not the wireless device 1 is connected! / Is determined whether or not the USB device is connected to the USB connector 401, and this USB device is specified when the USB device is connected. Judgment is made based on whether or not it has the identification information.
[0166] この処理において、無線デバイス 1が揷入されたと判定すると(ステップ S200 : YES )、 CPU405は、オートラン動作の処理を開始する(ステップ S201)。このオートラン 動作処理は、図 14における S220〜S227の処理であり、後述する。一方、無線デバ イス 1が揷入されないと判定すると(ステップ S 200 : NO)、ステップ S 200の処理を繰 り返し実効する。  [0166] If it is determined in this process that the wireless device 1 has been inserted (step S200: YES), the CPU 405 starts an auto-run operation process (step S201). This auto-run operation process is the process of S220 to S227 in FIG. 14, and will be described later. On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is not inserted (step S200: NO), the process of step S200 is repeated.
[0167] オートラン動作処理が終了すると、 CPU405は、画像転送アプリケーションが正常 に起動しているか否かを判定する(ステップ S202)。この処理において、画像転送ァ プリケーシヨンが正常に起動していると判定する(ステップ S202 : YES)と、処理をス テツプ S203に移 fiする。以下、ステップ S203力、ら S216までの動作は、 CPU405カ 画像転送アプリケーションに従って動作することによって画像送信手段等として機能 することによって実 fiされる。  [0167] When the auto-run operation process ends, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the image transfer application is normally activated (step S202). In this process, if it is determined that the image transfer application has started up normally (step S202: YES), the process proceeds to step S203. In the following, the operations from step S203 to S216 are performed by functioning as an image transmission means by operating in accordance with the CPU405 image transfer application.
[0168] ステップ S203において、 CPU405は、 USBコネクタ 401を介して無線デバイス 1の 画像転送中ランプ 151の点灯要求を行う。この点灯要求を受けると無線デバイス 1の CPU101は画像転送中ランプ 151を点灯する。  [0168] In step S203, the CPU 405 requests the lighting of the image transfer in progress lamp 151 of the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401. Upon receiving this lighting request, the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 lights the image transfer lamp 151.
[0169] 次に、 CPU405は、コンピュータ装置 4の表示部である LCD403に表示している画 面(以下、「表示画面」とする。)に応じた画像データを画像投影装置 3に送信を開始 する(ステップ S204)。この処理は、 CPU405力 表示画像のデータを USBコネクタ 401を介して無線デバイス 1へ送信し、この無線デバイス 1から無線通信によって画 像投影装置 3へ送信されるものであり、このように送信された表示画像データを画像 投影装置 3が受信すると、この表示画像データに基づいた画像をスクリーンに投影す ることになる。  [0169] Next, the CPU 405 starts transmitting image data to the image projection device 3 according to the screen (hereinafter referred to as "display screen") displayed on the LCD 403, which is the display unit of the computer device 4. (Step S204). In this process, the CPU 405 power display image data is transmitted to the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401, and is transmitted from the wireless device 1 to the image projection device 3 by wireless communication. When the image projection device 3 receives the display image data, the image based on the display image data is projected onto the screen.
[0170] 表示画像のデータを転送している状態で、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1の画像転 送停止スィッチ 140が ONにされたか否かを判定する(ステップ S205)。ここで、無線 デバイス 1の CPU101は、画像転送停止スィッチ 140が画像停止 ONモード側(スィ ツチ ON)へと操作されたことを検出すると、 USBコネクタ 105を介してコンピュータ装 置 4にその旨の情報を通知する。この情報の通知を受けたとき、 CPU405は、無線 デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 140がスィッチ ONされたと判定することになる。 [0170] While transferring the display image data, the CPU 405 transfers the image of the wireless device 1. It is determined whether or not the feed stop switch 140 is turned on (step S205). When the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 detects that the image transfer stop switch 140 has been operated to the image stop ON mode side (switch ON), the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 notifies the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105 to that effect. Notify information. When the notification of this information is received, the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 is turned on.
[0171] ステップ S205において、無線デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 140がスィッチ O Nへと操作されたと判定すると(ステップ S205 :YES)、 CPU405は、無線デバイス の画像転送中ランプ 151を消灯させ(ステップ S209)、処理をステップ S210に移行 する。無線デバイスの画像転送中ランプ 151の消灯は、点灯時と同様に、 CPU405 が USBコネクタ 401を介して無線デバイス 1の画像転送中ランプ 151の消灯要求を 行うことによって実行される。一方、無線デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 140がス イッチ ONへと操作されて!/、な!/、と判定すると(ステップ S205: NO)、 CPU405は、 処理をステップ S 206に移行する。  [0171] If it is determined in step S205 that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to ON (step S205: YES), the CPU 405 turns off the image transfer in progress lamp 151 of the wireless device (step S209). ), The process proceeds to step S210. The wireless device image transfer lamp 151 is turned off when the CPU 405 issues a request to turn off the wireless device 1 image transfer lamp 151 via the USB connector 401 in the same manner as when the wireless device 1 is turned on. On the other hand, when the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 is operated to turn on the switch! /, It is determined that the switch is ON (step S205: NO), the CPU 405 proceeds to step S206.
[0172] ステップ S210において、 CPU405は、画像投影装置 3に特定画像である黒画面 表示指示コマンドを無線デバイス 1を介して画像投影装置 3へ送信して、処理をステ ップ S211に移行する。  In step S210, the CPU 405 transmits a black screen display instruction command, which is a specific image, to the image projecting apparatus 3 to the image projecting apparatus 3 via the wireless device 1, and the process proceeds to step S211.
[0173] ここで、黒画面表示指示コマンドの送信を CPU405の制御を行うこととした力 無線 デバイス 1の CPU101が、画像転送停止スィッチ 140がスィッチ ONへと操作された ときに、黒画面表示指示コマンドの送信を行うようにしてもよい。この場合、ステップ S 211において、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 140が画像停 止 OFFモード側(OFF)へと操作されたか否かを判定する。ここで、無線デバイス 1の CPU101は、画像転送停止スィッチ 140がスィッチ OFFへと操作されたことを検出 すると、 USBコネクタ 105を介してコンピュータ装置 4にその旨の情報を通知する。こ の情報の通知を受けたとき、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 1 40がスィッチ OFFへと操作されたと判定することになる。  [0173] Here, the power to send the black screen display instruction command to control the CPU 405. When the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 is operated to turn on the image transfer stop switch 140, the black screen display instruction is sent. A command may be transmitted. In this case, in step S 211, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to the image stop OFF mode side (OFF). Here, when the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 detects that the image transfer stop switch 140 is operated to be turned off, the CPU 101 notifies the computer device 4 of the information via the USB connector 105. When the notification of this information is received, the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to the switch OFF.
[0174] この処理において、無線デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 140がスィッチ OFFへ と操作されたと判定すると(ステップ S211 :YES)、 CPU405は、処理をステップ S20 6に移行する。一方、無線デバイス 1の画像転送停止スィッチ 140がスィッチ OFFへ と操作されなレ、と判定すると(ステップ S211: NO)、ステップ S211の処理を繰り返し 実効する。 In this process, when it is determined that the image transfer stop switch 140 of the wireless device 1 has been operated to be turned off (step S211: YES), the CPU 405 moves the process to step S206. On the other hand, the image transfer stop switch 140 of wireless device 1 is turned off. If it is determined that the operation is not performed (step S211: NO), the process of step S211 is repeatedly executed.
[0175] ステップ S206において、 CPU405は、画像投影装置 3に対して時刻情報(現時刻 の情報)を要求し、この要求に対して画像投影装置 3から送信される時刻情報を取得 して、処理をステップ S207へ移行する。  [0175] In step S206, the CPU 405 requests time information (current time information) from the image projecting device 3, acquires time information transmitted from the image projecting device 3 in response to this request, and performs processing. Goes to step S207.
[0176] ステップ S207において、 CPU405は、有効時間が経過したか否かを判定する。有 効時間が経過したか否かの判定は、画像投影装置 3から取得した時刻情報と無線デ バイス 1から読み込んだ無線設定情報とに基づいて行う。すなわち、有効時間が経過 したか否かの判定を、画像投影装置 3から取得した現時刻が無線デバイス 1から読み 込んだ無線設定情報に含まれる有効時間よりも遅い時間であるか否かにより判定す  [0176] In step S207, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the valid time has elapsed. Whether or not the valid time has elapsed is determined based on the time information acquired from the image projection device 3 and the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1. That is, whether or not the valid time has elapsed is determined by whether or not the current time acquired from the image projection device 3 is later than the valid time included in the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1. You
[0177] この処理において、有効時間を経過したと判定すると(ステップ S207 : YES)、 CP U405は、タイムアウトメッセージを LCD403に表示して(ステップ S212)、画像投影 装置 3との無線接続を切断する (ステップ S213)。画像投影装置 3との無線接続の切 断は、無線デバイス 1に対して、 CPU405が、画像投影装置 3との無線接続の切断 の要求を送信し、無線デバイス 1がこの要求に応じることによって行われる。無線接続 の切断を終了すると、 CPU405は、画像転送アプリケーションの実行を終了する(ス テツプ S214)。 [0177] In this process, if it is determined that the valid time has elapsed (step S207: YES), the CCU 405 displays a timeout message on the LCD 403 (step S212) and disconnects the wireless connection with the image projection device 3. (Step S213). The wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 is disconnected when the CPU 405 transmits a request for disconnecting the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 to the wireless device 1, and the wireless device 1 responds to this request. Is called. When the disconnection of the wireless connection is completed, the CPU 405 ends the execution of the image transfer application (step S214).
[0178] また、有効時間が経過していない場合であっても、 CPU405は、有効時間まで所 定時間 (例えば、 5分)を切ったと判定すると、有効時間を経過する前に有効時間を 延長するように、 LCD403に有効時間が迫っている旨の表示を行う。この LCD403 への表示に代えて或いは共に、 CPU405は、有効時間が迫っている旨の情報を無 線デバイス 1を介して画像投影装置 3に送信し、画像投影装置 3から投影する画像に 、有効時間が迫ってレ、る旨の情報をスーパーンポーズさせるようにしてもよ!/、。  [0178] Even if the valid time has not elapsed, if the CPU 405 determines that the predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes) has passed before the valid time, the valid time is extended before the valid time elapses. As shown, the LCD 403 displays that the effective time is approaching. Instead of or together with the display on the LCD 403, the CPU 405 transmits information indicating that the effective time is approaching to the image projecting device 3 via the wireless device 1, and is effective for the image projected from the image projecting device 3. You may try to superimpose information that time is coming!
[0179] また、ステップ S207において、有効時間を経過していないと判定すると(ステップ S 207 : NO)、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1がコンピュータ装置 4から抜かれたか否か を判定する(ステップ S208)。この処理において、無線デバイス 1がコンピュータ装置 4から抜かれたと判定すると(ステップ S208 :YES)、 CPU405は、エラーメッセージ を LCD403に表示して(ステップ S215)、画像転送アプリケーションの実行を終了す る(ステップ S216)。一方、無線デバイス 1がコンピュータ装置 4から抜かれていない と判定すると(ステップ S208 : NO)、 CPU405は、処理をステップ S205へ移行する[0179] If it is determined in step S207 that the valid time has not elapsed (step S207: NO), the CPU 405 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the computer apparatus 4 (step S208). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is disconnected from the computer apparatus 4 (step S208: YES), the CPU 405 displays an error message. Is displayed on the LCD 403 (step S215), and the execution of the image transfer application is terminated (step S216). On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 has not been removed from the computer apparatus 4 (step S208: NO), the CPU 405 proceeds to step S205.
Yes
[0180] ステップ S202において、画像転送アプリケーションが正常に動作していないとき( ステップ S202 : NO)、或いは、ステップ S214の処理、ステップ S216の処理が終了 すると、 CPU405は、本メイン処理を終了する。  [0180] In step S202, when the image transfer application is not operating normally (step S202: NO), or when the processing of step S214 and the processing of step S216 are completed, the CPU 405 ends the main processing.
[0181] 次に、ステップ S201におけるオートラン動作処理について、図 14を参照して説明 する。図 14はコンピュータ装置におけるオートラン処理のフローチャートである。この オートラン動作は、無線デバイス 1が接続されたときに、この無線デバイス 1の CD— R OM認識部 125の機能により、 CPU405力 無線デバイス 1を CD— ROMとして認 識し、自動的に無線デバイス 1の情報を読み込むことによって動作するものである。  [0181] Next, the auto-run operation processing in step S201 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a flowchart of autorun processing in the computer apparatus. This auto-run operation recognizes the wireless device 1 as a CD-ROM by the function of the CD-ROM recognition unit 125 of the wireless device 1 when the wireless device 1 is connected and automatically detects the wireless device. It works by reading 1 information.
[0182] 図 14に示すように、 CPU405は、自コンピュータ装置 4にデバイスドライバ 131がィ ンストールされていないか否かを判定する(ステップ S220)。この処理において、デ バイスドライバ 131がインストールされていないと判定すると(ステップ S220 : YES)、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1のフラッシュメモリ 104に記憶されている無線通信部 10 7制御用のデバイスドライバ 131を USBコネクタ 401を介して読み出し、 自コンビユー タ装置 4に対してこのデバイスドライバ 131のインストール処理を施す(ステップ S221 )。  As shown in FIG. 14, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the device driver 131 is not installed in its own computer apparatus 4 (step S220). In this process, if it is determined that the device driver 131 is not installed (step S220: YES), the CPU 405 detects the device driver 131 for control of the wireless communication unit 107 stored in the flash memory 104 of the wireless device 1. Reading is performed through the USB connector 401, and the device driver 131 is installed in the local computer device 4 (step S221).
[0183] ステップ S221の処理が終了したとき、或いは、ステップ S220において、デバイスド ライバがインストールされて!/、ると判定したとき(ステップ S220: NO)、 CPU405は、 無線設定アプリケーションを起動し (ステップ S222)、無線デバイス 1に保持されてい る無線設定情報を USBコネクタ 401を介して読み出す (ステップ S223)。  [0183] When the process of step S221 is completed, or when it is determined in step S220 that the device driver is installed! / (Step S220: NO), the CPU 405 starts the wireless setting application ( In step S222), the wireless setting information held in the wireless device 1 is read out via the USB connector 401 (step S223).
[0184] 次に、 CPU405は、 WLAN (無線 LAN)のネットワークの設定を行う(ステップ S22 4)。このネットワーク設定は、無線デバイス 1に対して行うものである。すなわち、 CP U405は、 USBコネクタ 401を介して、無線デバイス 1に無線設定情報を送信し、無 線デバイス 1はこの無線設定情報に従って WLANのネットワークの設定を行う。 WL ANのネットワークの設定には、 LAN通信を行うための IPアドレス、サブネットマスク、 DNSの IPアドレスなどの IPネットワークの設定と、ネットワーク名ゃ喑号キーなど無線 通信に必要な情報の設定とがある。 [0184] Next, the CPU 405 performs WLAN (wireless LAN) network setting (step S224). This network setting is performed for the wireless device 1. That is, the CPU 405 transmits wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401, and the wireless device 1 performs setting of the WLAN network according to the wireless setting information. WL AN network settings include the IP address, subnet mask, There are IP network settings such as DNS IP address and information necessary for wireless communication such as network name key.
[0185] ステップ S224の処理が終了すると、 CPU405は、画像投影装置 3との無線通信が 無線デバイス 1を介して接続されているか否か、言い換えれば画像投影装置 3とネッ トワーク接続がされているか否かを判定する(ステップ S225)。この処理において、画 像投影装置 3とのネットワーク接続が行われていると判定すると (ステップ S225: YES )、 CPU405は、画像転送アプリケーションを起動して実行する(ステップ S226)。一 方、画像投影装置 3とのネットワーク接続が行われていないと判定すると (ステップ S2 25 : NO)、 CPU405は、エラーメッセージ表示処理を行う(ステップ S227)。このエラ 一メッセージ表示処理は、 CPU405が LCD403にエラーメッセージを表示すること によって行われる。 [0185] When the processing of step S224 is completed, the CPU 405 determines whether or not wireless communication with the image projection apparatus 3 is connected via the wireless device 1, in other words, whether or not the image projection apparatus 3 is connected to the network. It is determined whether or not (step S225). In this process, when it is determined that the network connection with the image projection device 3 is established (step S225: YES), the CPU 405 activates and executes the image transfer application (step S226). On the other hand, if it is determined that the network connection with the image projection apparatus 3 is not established (step S225: NO), the CPU 405 performs an error message display process (step S227). This error message display process is performed by the CPU 405 displaying an error message on the LCD 403.
[0186] ステップ S226の処理、又はステップ S227の処理が終了すると、本オートラン動作 処理を終了する。  [0186] When the process of step S226 or the process of step S227 ends, the auto-run operation process ends.
[0187] なお、コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、無線デバイス 1の電源制御を行うようにし ている。すなわち、無線デバイス 1は、上述のようにメモリコントローラ機能部 121と無 線通信機能部 123とを有しており、これらの電源をそれぞれ別々に ON, OFF制御 できるようにしている。このようにメモリコントローラ機能部 121と無線通信機能部 123 と個別に ON, OFFすることできるので、 USBデバイスとしての限られた電力の範囲 内で、信頼性の高い無線接続動作を実行することができる。例えば、ステップ S220 力、ら S223においては、メモリコントローラ機能部 121への電源を ONにし、無線通信 機能部 123への電源は OFFにする。また、ステップ S224力、ら S227においては、メ モリコントローラ機能部 121への電源を OFFにし、無線通信機能部 123への電源は ONにするのである。また、無線デバイス 1の記憶部に格納された画像転送アプリケ ーシヨンをコンピュータ装置 4のハードディスク 415にコピーする場合には、メモリコン トローラ機能部 121への電源を ONにし、無線通信機能部 123への電源は OFFにす  Note that the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 performs power control of the wireless device 1. That is, the wireless device 1 has the memory controller function unit 121 and the wireless communication function unit 123 as described above, and these power supplies can be separately controlled ON and OFF. As described above, since the memory controller function unit 121 and the wireless communication function unit 123 can be individually turned on and off, a highly reliable wireless connection operation can be executed within a limited power range as a USB device. it can. For example, in steps S220 and S223, the power to the memory controller function unit 121 is turned on, and the power to the wireless communication function unit 123 is turned off. In steps S224 and S227, the power to the memory controller function unit 121 is turned off and the power to the wireless communication function unit 123 is turned on. In addition, when copying the image transfer application stored in the storage unit of the wireless device 1 to the hard disk 415 of the computer device 4, the power to the memory controller function unit 121 is turned on, and the connection to the wireless communication function unit 123 is performed. Turn off the power
[0188] 以上のように本実施形態の画像投影システム Sでは、無線デバイス 1は、無線部 30 6を有し、無線部 306で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装 置 3に、画像データを無線通信により送信するコンピュータ装置 4の無線部として機 能するものである。この無線デバイス 1には、画像投影装置 3及びコンピュータ装置 4 のいずれにも接続可能な USBコネクタ 105と、画像投影装置 3に USBコネクタ 105 を接続したときに、画像投影装置 3から無線設定情報 (無線通信の設定情報)を書き 込み可能であり、かつコンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を接続したときに、画像 投影装置 3から書き込まれた無線設定情報をコンピュータ装置 4により読み出し可能 なフラッシュメモリ 104と、コンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を接続したときに、 画像投影装置 3から書き込まれた無線設定情報に基づいた設定により画像投影装 置 3の無線部 306と通信を行う無線通信部 107とを備えたので、画像投影装置 3によ つて設定された無線設定情報に基!/、て、画像投影装置 3とコンピュータ装置 4との間 の通信を行うことができ、機密性の高い無線デバイス 1或いは画像投影システム Sを 提供することが可能となる。 As described above, in the image projection system S of the present embodiment, the wireless device 1 has the wireless unit 306 and projects an image according to the image data received by the wireless unit 306. The device 3 functions as a wireless unit of the computer device 4 that transmits image data by wireless communication. The wireless device 1 includes a USB connector 105 that can be connected to both the image projection device 3 and the computer device 4, and wireless setting information (when the USB connector 105 is connected to the image projection device 3) from the image projection device 3 ( Wireless communication setting information), and when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4, the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 can be read by the computer device 4 and the flash memory 104 A wireless communication unit 107 that communicates with the wireless unit 306 of the image projection device 3 according to the setting based on the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4 Therefore, communication between the image projection device 3 and the computer device 4 is performed based on the wireless setting information set by the image projection device 3. Can, it is possible to provide a highly sensitive wireless device 1 or the image projection system S.
[0189] 例えば、無線デバイス 1と画像投影装置 3及びコンピュータ装置 4との間を USB規 格に基づく通信で説明した力 これに限られず、他の通信規格により通信を行うよう にしてもよい。 [0189] For example, the power described between the wireless device 1, the image projection device 3, and the computer device 4 by communication based on the USB standard is not limited to this, and communication may be performed by other communication standards.
[0190] (画像投影システム S 'の他の実施形態 [1])  [0190] (Another embodiment of image projection system S '[1])
次に、本発明の他の実施形態 [1]について、図面を参照しながら説明する。図 15は 他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影システム S 'の全体構成図、図 16は他の実施形 態 [1]における画像投影システム S 'における概略動作を説明するための図、図 17は 他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置の外観図である。なお、他の実施形態 [1]に おける無線デバイス 1 'については、 ROM103に格納した制御プログラムが一部異 なる以外は、上記した実施形態における無線デバイス 1の構成と同様であるため、図 3に示す無線デバイス 1の各構成と同一符号を付して説明する。  Next, another embodiment [1] of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 15 is an overall configuration diagram of an image projection system S ′ in another embodiment [1], FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining the schematic operation in the image projection system S ′ in another embodiment [1], and FIG. FIG. 7 is an external view of a remote control device according to another embodiment [1]. The wireless device 1 ′ in the other embodiment [1] has the same configuration as that of the wireless device 1 in the above-described embodiment except that the control program stored in the ROM 103 is partially different. The same reference numerals as those in the wireless device 1 shown in FIG.
[0191] 図 15に示すように、他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影システム S 'は、無線デバイ ス 1 ' (デバイスの一例に相当)と、この無線デバイス 1 'と通信接続可能であり、後述の 画像投影装置 3'の動作を遠隔制御する遠隔操作装置 2と、外部から入力される画像 データに応じた画像をスクリーンに投影する画像投影装置 3'と、この画像投影装置 3 ,へ画像データを送信するパーソナルコンピュータ 4 (以下、「コンピュータ装置 4」とす る。)とを備えている。無線デバイス 1 'は、コンピュータ装置 4の無線部としての機能と メモリとしての機能を有する USBドングルである。コンピュータ装置 4は、無線デバィ ス 1 'における USBコネクタ 105 (図 3参照)を接続することによって、無線デバイス 1 ' を無線部として機能させ、無線デバイス 1 'を介して画像投影装置 3'に画像データを 送信する。画像投影装置 3'は、コンピュータ装置 4から無線デバイス 1 'を介して無線 通信により送信される画像データを受信して、この画像データに応じた画像をスクリ ーンに投影する。 [0191] As shown in FIG. 15, the image projection system S ′ in another embodiment [1] can be connected to the wireless device 1 ′ (corresponding to an example of the device) and the wireless device 1 ′. The remote operation device 2 that remotely controls the operation of the image projection device 3 ′, which will be described later, the image projection device 3 ′ that projects an image according to image data input from the outside onto the screen, and the image projection device 3 Personal computer 4 that transmits image data (hereinafter referred to as `` computer device 4 '') The ) And. The wireless device 1 ′ is a USB dongle that has a function as a wireless unit of the computer apparatus 4 and a function as a memory. The computer device 4 causes the wireless device 1 ′ to function as a wireless unit by connecting the USB connector 105 (see FIG. 3) in the wireless device 1 ′, and an image is projected to the image projection device 3 ′ via the wireless device 1 ′. Send data. The image projection device 3 ′ receives image data transmitted by wireless communication from the computer device 4 via the wireless device 1 ′, and projects an image corresponding to the image data on the screen.
[0192] ここで、無線デバイス 1 'と画像投影装置 3'との間の無線通信は、 IEEE802. 11a /b/gなどの無線 LAN (Local Area Network)規格を満たすことができるように、無 線デバイス 1 '及び画像投影装置 3'は、それぞれ無線 LAN規格に準拠した無線部 を有している。  [0192] Here, the wireless communication between the wireless device 1 'and the image projection device 3' is performed so that wireless LAN (Local Area Network) standards such as IEEE802.11a / b / g can be satisfied. Each of the line device 1 ′ and the image projection device 3 ′ has a wireless unit compliant with the wireless LAN standard.
[0193] 無線 LANにおいては、上述のように無線通信を行うための設定を予め行わなけれ ばならなレ、。設定しなければならな!/、無線通信の設定情報(以下、「無線設定情報」 とする。)としては、ネットワーク名である SSID (Extended Service Set Identifier)ゃ喑 号キーである WEP (Wired Equipment Privacy)キーなどがあり、ある程度知識がなけ れば設定することができず、その作業も煩雑である。  [0193] In a wireless LAN, the settings for performing wireless communication must be made in advance as described above. The wireless communication setting information (hereinafter referred to as “wireless setting information”) that must be set is SSID (Extended Service Set Identifier), which is the network name, and WEP (Wired Equipment), which is the key. Privacy) key, etc., cannot be set without some knowledge, and the work is complicated.
[0194] そこで、他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影システム S 'においては、無線デバイス  [0194] Therefore, in the image projection system S 'in the other embodiment [1], the wireless device
1 'に無線設定情報を記憶させる無線設定情報記憶部を設けており、これにより無線 設定情報の設定を自動的に行うこととしている。しかも、所定のタイミングで暗号キー などを変更するようにしており、秘匿性を向上させている。  1 'is provided with a wireless setting information storage unit for storing wireless setting information, thereby automatically setting the wireless setting information. In addition, the encryption key and the like are changed at a predetermined timing to improve confidentiality.
[0195] ここで、画像投影システム S 'における無線通信の設定手順を簡単に説明する。図 1 6は、他の実施形態 [1]における無線通信の設定手順を説明するための図である。  Here, a procedure for setting wireless communication in the image projection system S 1 will be briefly described. FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a wireless communication setting procedure in another embodiment [1].
[0196] 図 16 (a)に示すように、無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105を遠隔操作装置 2の U SBコネクタ 201に接続する。遠隔操作装置 2は、無線デバイス 1 'が USBコネクタ 20 1を介して接続されたことを検出すると、無線デバイス 1,において画像投影装置 3'の 無線部との通信に必要な無線設定情報を情報書込手段を用いて USBコネクタ 201 を介して無線デバイス 1 'の無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む。このとき、無線デバイ ス 1 'の書き込み中ランプ 150 (図 3参照)が点滅し、利用者には無線設定情報を書き 込み中であることが知らせられる。また、無線デバイス 1 'へ書き込む無線設定情報は 情報生成手段を用いて遠隔操作装置 2において生成される。 [0196] As shown in Fig. 16 (a), the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 'is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2. When the remote control device 2 detects that the wireless device 1 ′ is connected via the USB connector 201, the remote control device 2 stores information on wireless setting information necessary for communication with the wireless unit of the image projection device 3 ′ in the wireless device 1. Using the writing means, the data is written into the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device 1 ′ via the USB connector 201. At this time, the wireless device 1 'writing lamp 150 (see Fig. 3) flashes and the wireless setting information is written to the user. Informed that it is busy. Further, the wireless setting information to be written to the wireless device 1 ′ is generated in the remote operation device 2 using the information generating means.
[0197] 遠隔操作装置 2が無線デバイス 1 'へ無線設定情報を書き込むタイミングは、無線 デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105が遠隔操作装置 2の USBコネクタ 201に接続された ときのほか、遠隔操作装置 2に設けられた後述の起動制御ボタン 231 (図 17参照)が 操作されたときなどとすることができる。なお、起動制御ボタン 231は、画像投影装置 3'の起動指示と停止指示を行うためのボタンであり、遠隔操作装置 2は起動制御ボ タン 231が操作される毎に画像投影装置 3'への起動指示と停止指示とを交互に繰り 返す。但し、起動指示を行う起動制御ボタンと停止指示を行う停止制御ボタンとを遠 隔操作装置 2にそれぞれ設けるようにしてもよい。  [0197] The timing when the remote control device 2 writes the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 'is not only when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1' is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2, but also when the remote control device 2 This may be the case when an activation control button 231 (see FIG. 17) described later is operated. The start control button 231 is a button for instructing start and stop of the image projection device 3 ′, and the remote control device 2 is connected to the image projection device 3 ′ every time the start control button 231 is operated. Repeat the start and stop instructions alternately. However, the remote control device 2 may be provided with a start control button for giving a start instruction and a stop control button for giving a stop instruction.
[0198] なお、無線デバイス 1 'が特定のデバイスでないときには、無線設定情報の書き込 みは行われない。これは、接続されたデバイスがどのようなデバイスであっても書き込 むことにすると、粗悪な無線デバイス 1 'の不正規品(コピー品など)によって画像投 影システム S 'の動作が不安定となることを回避するためであり、専用のデバイスのみ を無線デバイスとして用いることができるようにしている。接続されたデバイス力 専用 の無線デバイス 1 'であるか否かは、画像投影装置 3'が、そのデバイスに付与されて いる識別情報をデバイスから読み込み、例えば、この識別情報のうちメーカを示す部 が特定の情報であることを検出することによって判断することができる。  [0198] When the wireless device 1 'is not a specific device, the wireless setting information is not written. This is because the image projection system S 'is unstable due to an unauthorized product (such as a copy product) of a bad wireless device 1' when writing to whatever device is connected. In order to avoid this, only a dedicated device can be used as a wireless device. Whether or not the connected device power is a dedicated wireless device 1 ′ is determined by the image projecting device 3 ′ by reading the identification information given to the device from the device, for example, a part of the identification information indicating the manufacturer. Can be determined by detecting that is specific information.
[0199] 無線デバイス 1 'への無線設定情報の書き込みが終了すると、書き込み中ランプ 15 0の点滅が終了するので、図 16 (b)に示すように、無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 1 05を遠隔操作装置 2から取り外して、今度はコンピュータ装置 4の USBコネクタ 401 に接続する。  [0199] When the writing of the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 'is completed, the flashing lamp 150 will stop flashing, so as shown in Fig. 16 (b), connect the USB connector 1 05 of the wireless device 1' to the wireless device 1 '. It is removed from the remote control device 2 and connected to the USB connector 401 of the computer device 4 this time.
[0200] コンピュータ装置 4の USBコネクタ 401に無線デバイス 1,の USBコネクタ 105が接 続されると、コンピュータ装置 4は無線デバイス 1 'のプログラム格納部に格納された デバイスドライバプログラム(以下、「デバイスドライバ」と略す。)、無線設定アプリケー シヨンプログラム(以下、「無線設定アプリケーション」と略す。)及び画像転送アプリケ ーシヨンプログラム(以下、「画像転送アプリケーション」と略す。)をインストールする。 コンピュータ装置 4の制御部は、無線設定アプリケーションの実行により、無線デバイ ス 1 'に対して遠隔操作装置 2によって書き込まれた無線設定情報の出力を要求する 。無線デバイス 1 'の制御部は、無線デバイス 1 'の無線設定情報記憶部から無線設 定情報を取り出し、この無線設定情報を USBコネクタ 105を介してコンピュータ装置 4へ出力する。コンピュータ装置 4は、無線デバイス 1 'から出力された無線設定情報 を取得し、この無線設定情報をデバイスドライバを用いて無線デバイス 1 'の無線通 信部に設定する。無線デバイス 1 'は、このように無線通信部により設定された無線設 定情報、言い換えれば遠隔操作装置 2によって書き込まれた無線設定情報に基づ いて画像投影装置 3'の無線部と通信を行うことが可能となる。また、コンピュータ装 置 4の制御部は、画像転送アプリケーションの実行により、画像投影装置 3'に画像デ ータを無線通信部を介して送信する画像送信手段として機能することになる。 [0200] When the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 is connected to the USB connector 401 of the computer device 4, the computer device 4 is connected to the device driver program (hereinafter referred to as "device device" stored in the program storage unit of the wireless device 1 '). Install a wireless setting application program (hereinafter abbreviated as “wireless setting application”) and an image transfer application program (hereinafter abbreviated as “image transfer application”). The control unit of the computer device 4 executes the wireless setting application to execute the wireless device. Requests the output of the wireless setting information written by the remote control device 2 to the station 1 ′. The control unit of the wireless device 1 ′ extracts the wireless setting information from the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device 1 ′, and outputs this wireless setting information to the computer apparatus 4 via the USB connector 105. The computer apparatus 4 acquires the wireless setting information output from the wireless device 1 ′, and sets this wireless setting information in the wireless communication unit of the wireless device 1 ′ using a device driver. The wireless device 1 ′ communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device 3 ′ based on the wireless setting information set by the wireless communication unit in this way, in other words, based on the wireless setting information written by the remote control device 2. It becomes possible. Further, the control unit of the computer device 4 functions as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device 3 ′ via the wireless communication unit by executing the image transfer application.
[0201] 一方、遠隔操作装置 2は、無線デバイス 1 'に書き込んだ無線設定情報を画像投影 装置 3'へ赤外線通信によって通知する。画像投影装置 3'は、遠隔操作装置 2から 通知された無線設定情報を赤外線受光部 310で受信し、 自装置の無線部に設定す る。このように遠隔操作装置 2と画像投影装置 3'との間の通信を赤外線で行うように しているために、第三者からの盗聴を防止することができる。なお、ここでは、遠隔操 作装置 2と画像投影装置 3'との通信を赤外線通信としているが、ワイヤレス信号を用 いたワイヤレス通信であれば、電波信号を用いた電波通信であってもよい。すなわち 、遠隔操作装置 2はワイヤレス信号を送信するワイヤレス送信部を有し、画像投影装 置 3 'は遠隔操作装置 2からのワイヤレス信号を受信するワイヤレス受信部を有してレ、 る。他の実施形態 [1]においては、ワイヤレス通信の一例として、赤外線通信を例に 挙げて説明する。 On the other hand, the remote operation device 2 notifies the image projection device 3 ′ of the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1 ′ by infrared communication. The image projecting device 3 ′ receives the wireless setting information notified from the remote control device 2 by the infrared light receiving unit 310 and sets the wireless setting information of the own device. As described above, since the communication between the remote control device 2 and the image projection device 3 ′ is performed by infrared rays, wiretapping from a third party can be prevented. Here, infrared communication is used for communication between the remote control device 2 and the image projection device 3 ′, but radio communication using radio signals may be used as long as wireless communication uses wireless signals. That is, the remote operation device 2 has a wireless transmission unit that transmits a wireless signal, and the image projection device 3 ′ has a wireless reception unit that receives a wireless signal from the remote operation device 2. In another embodiment [1], infrared communication will be described as an example of wireless communication.
[0202] 遠隔操作装置 2から画像投影装置 3'へ無線設定情報を通知するタイミングは、後 述の情報送信ボタン 237 (図 17参照)が操作されたときのほか、無線デバイス 1 'の U SBコネクタ 105が遠隔操作装置 2の USBコネクタ 201から取り外されたとき、遠隔操 作装置 2に設けられた起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたときなどとすることができる。  [0202] The timing for notifying the wireless setting information from the remote control device 2 to the image projection device 3 'is not only when the information transmission button 237 (see Fig. 17) described later is operated, but also the USB of the wireless device 1'. For example, when the connector 105 is removed from the USB connector 201 of the remote operation device 2, the activation control button 231 provided on the remote operation device 2 is operated.
[0203] このように遠隔操作装置 2は、無線設定情報を無線デバイス 1 'を介してコンビユー タ装置 4へ書き込みを行うと共に、赤外線通信などのワイヤレス通信によって画像投 影装置 3'へ通知するので、利用者は容易に画像投影装置 3'及び無線デバイス 1 ' の無線設定情報を合わせることができ、機密性を高めつつも、無線デバイス 1 'を接 続したコンピュータ装置 4と画像投影装置 3'との間で無線通信が可能となる。 [0203] Thus, the remote control device 2 writes the wireless setting information to the computer device 4 through the wireless device 1 'and also notifies the image projection device 3' by wireless communication such as infrared communication. The user can easily image projection device 3 'and wireless device 1' The wireless setting information can be matched, and wireless communication can be performed between the computer apparatus 4 connected to the wireless device 1 ′ and the image projection apparatus 3 ′ while improving confidentiality.
[0204] その後、図 16 (c)に示すように、コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションの 実行によりコンピュータ装置 4から無線デバイス 1 'を介して、画像投影装置 3'へ画像 データが送信され、画像投影装置 3'ではその画像データに基づいた画像をスクリー ンに投影する。 [0204] After that, as shown in FIG. 16 (c), image data is transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3 'via the wireless device 1' by executing the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4. Projector 3 'projects an image based on the image data onto the screen.
[0205] また、遠隔操作装置 2によって無線デバイス 1 'に設定される無線設定情報には、無 線デバイス 1 'の無線部(後述の無線通信部 107)を機能させる有効時間が含まれる 。コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションは、この有効時間を読み取ることに より、無線デバイス 1 'の無線部による無線通信を行うことができる時間を制限する。 すなわち、画像転送アプリケーションは、この有効時間が経過したと判定すると、無線 通信部の機能を停止する。  [0205] Further, the wireless setting information set in the wireless device 1 'by the remote control device 2 includes an effective time during which the wireless unit (wireless communication unit 107 described later) of the wireless device 1' functions. The image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4 limits the time during which wireless communication by the wireless unit of the wireless device 1 ′ can be performed by reading this effective time. That is, when the image transfer application determines that this valid time has elapsed, the image transfer application stops the function of the wireless communication unit.
[0206] コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションは、画像投影装置 3'から送信され る時刻情報を受信する機能を有しており、この時間情報と無線デバイス 1 'から読み 出した有効時間とに基づき、有効時間が経過したか否かを判定する。有効時間が経 過したと判定した場合には、無線デバイス 1 'の無線通信部の機能を停止する。  [0206] The image transfer application of the computer device 4 has a function of receiving time information transmitted from the image projection device 3 ', and based on this time information and the valid time read from the wireless device 1'. It is determined whether or not the effective time has elapsed. If it is determined that the valid time has passed, the function of the wireless communication unit of the wireless device 1 ′ is stopped.
[0207] また、画像投影装置 3'は、遠隔操作装置 2からの赤外線信号によって無線設定情 報を受信すると、自装置の無線部を動作状態にし、その後無線部を介してコンビユー タ装置 4と無線通信中か否かを判定し、コンピュータ装置 4と無線通信中ではないと 判定した状態が一定状態継続したとき、自装置の無線部を非動作状態にする。なお 、画像投影装置 3'がコンピュータ装置 4と無線通信中であるとは、コンピュータ装置 4 から画像投影装置 3'へ画像データを送信している状態のみではなぐコンピュータ 装置 4と画像投影装置 3'との無線リンクが確立している状態も含む。  [0207] In addition, when the image projection device 3 'receives the wireless setting information by the infrared signal from the remote control device 2, the image projection device 3' sets the wireless unit of its own device to the operating state, and then the computer device 4 via the wireless unit. It is determined whether or not wireless communication is being performed, and when it is determined that wireless communication with the computer apparatus 4 is not being performed, the wireless unit of its own device is set to a non-operating state. Note that the image projecting device 3 ′ is in wireless communication with the computer device 4 that the computer device 4 and the image projecting device 3 ′ are not only in the state of transmitting image data from the computer device 4 to the image projecting device 3 ′. Including a state in which a wireless link is established.
[0208] ところで、遠隔操作装置 2が無線デバイス 1 'に書き込む無線設定情報が常に一定 では、セキュリティ上好ましくない。また、無線デバイス 1 'を外し忘れたコンピュータ装 置 4から意図しない画像データが画像投影装置 3'に送信されてしまう恐れがある。そ こで、遠隔操作装置 2は無線設定情報のうち少なくとも暗号キーを更新する。  [0208] By the way, if the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1 'by the remote control device 2 is always constant, it is not preferable for security. Further, unintended image data may be transmitted to the image projection device 3 ′ from the computer device 4 that has forgotten to remove the wireless device 1 ′. Therefore, the remote control device 2 updates at least the encryption key in the wireless setting information.
[0209] すなわち、遠隔操作装置 2は無線設定情報を更新することができるように構成され ており、無線デバイス 1 'を接続したコンピュータ装置 4と画像投影装置 3 'との間の無 線通信の機密性を高めることができる。遠隔操作装置 2が無線設定情報を更新する タイミングは、無線デバイス 1 'が遠隔操作装置 2に接続されたときのほか、遠隔操作 装置 2に設けられた起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたときなどがとすることができる。 That is, the remote control device 2 is configured to be able to update the wireless setting information. Therefore, the confidentiality of the wireless communication between the computer apparatus 4 to which the wireless device 1 ′ is connected and the image projection apparatus 3 ′ can be improved. The timing when the remote control device 2 updates the wireless setting information is when the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the remote control device 2 or when the start control button 231 provided on the remote control device 2 is operated. It can be.
[0210] ところで、複数のコンピュータ装置 4から画像投影装置 3 'へ画像データを送信する ような場合、複数の無線デバイス 1 'に無線設定情報を書き込む必要がある力 無線 デバイス 1 'が遠隔操作装置 2に接続されたときに無線設定情報が更新されてしまうと 、複数の無線デバイス 1 'に異なる無線設定情報が書き込まれることになる。  [0210] By the way, when transmitting image data from a plurality of computer devices 4 to the image projection device 3 ', it is necessary to write wireless setting information to the plurality of wireless devices 1'. The wireless device 1 'is a remote control device. If the wireless setting information is updated when connected to 2, different wireless setting information is written to the plurality of wireless devices 1 ′.
[0211] そこで、遠隔操作装置 2において、同一の無線設定情報をデバイスに書き込むこと ができる回数を設定できるようにしている。このように回数を設定する方法として、遠 隔操作装置 2においては、更新ボタン 232の連続操作回数でこの書き込み回数を設 定する方法や、更新ボタン 232ではなぐ十字キー 233などを用いて書き込み回数を 設定する方法などがある。  [0211] Therefore, the remote control device 2 can set the number of times that the same wireless setting information can be written to the device. As a method of setting the number of times in this manner, in the remote operation device 2, the number of times of writing is set by the method of setting the number of times of writing by the number of continuous operations of the update button 232, the number of times of writing by using the cross key 233, etc. There is a method of setting.
[0212] (各装置の構成及び動作の説明)  [0212] (Description of configuration and operation of each device)
以上のように構成される画像投影システム S 'について、その構成及び動作につい てさらに詳細に説明する。以下、本発明の実施の形態における無線デバイス 1 '、遠 隔操作装置 2、画像投影装置 3 '及びコンピュータ装置 4のそれぞれの具体的構成及 び動作を説明する。  The configuration and operation of the image projection system S ′ configured as described above will be described in more detail. Hereinafter, specific configurations and operations of the wireless device 1 ′, the remote operation device 2, the image projection device 3 ′, and the computer device 4 according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described.
[0213] (無線デバイス 1 'について)  [0213] (About Wireless Device 1 ')
まず、無線デバイス 1 'の構成及び動作について説明する。なお、図 4の無線デバィ ス 1のブロック図、図 5の無線デバイス 1の機能ブロック図、図 6のメモリコントローラ機 能部のブロック図については、上述したため、以下、無線デバイス 1 'と異なる部分の み説明し、重複部分については一部説明を省略する。  First, the configuration and operation of the wireless device 1 ′ will be described. Since the block diagram of the wireless device 1 in FIG. 4, the functional block diagram of the wireless device 1 in FIG. 5, and the block diagram of the memory controller functional unit in FIG. Only the explanation is omitted, and some explanations are omitted for the overlapping parts.
[0214] 無線デバイス 1,は、無線デバイス 1と同様に、 CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101 、 RAM(Random Access Memory) 102, ROM(Read Only Memory) 103,フラッシュメ モリ 104、 USBコネクタ 105、 USB接続回路 106、無線通信部 107、操作部 108、報 知部 109などから構成されており、持ち運び可能にコンパクトに設計されている(図 4 参照)。 [0215] CPU101は、 ROM103に格納された制御プログラムを読み出して実行することに よって、無線デバイス 1 'の制御部として機能する。また、 ROM103には、識別情報( 例えば、 MACアドレス)が格納されており、 CPU101の制御により、 USBコネクタ 10 5を介して、遠隔操作装置 2やコンピュータ装置 4へこの識別情報を送信することがで きる。 [0214] As with wireless device 1, wireless device 1, CPU (Central Processing Unit) 101, RAM (Random Access Memory) 102, ROM (Read Only Memory) 103, flash memory 104, USB connector 105, USB connection It consists of a circuit 106, a wireless communication unit 107, an operation unit 108, a notification unit 109, etc., and is designed to be portable and compact (see Fig. 4). [0215] The CPU 101 functions as a control unit of the wireless device 1 'by reading and executing the control program stored in the ROM 103. The ROM 103 stores identification information (for example, a MAC address), and the identification information can be transmitted to the remote control device 2 or the computer device 4 via the USB connector 105 under the control of the CPU 101. it can.
[0216] 無線設定情報には、図 9に示したもの同様の情報が含まれていため、ここでは、そ の詳細な説明につ!/、て省略する。  [0216] The wireless setting information includes information similar to that shown in Fig. 9, and will not be described here in detail.
[0217] USBコネクタ 105は、汎用の USBコネクタであり、遠隔操作装置 2及びコンピュータ 装置 4の USBコネクタ 201 , 401に接続することができる。 USBコネクタ 105を遠隔 操作装置 2の USBコネクタ 201又はコンピュータ装置 4の USBコネクタ 401に接続し たときに、 CPU101は、これらの装置とのデータの送受信を USB接続回路 106を介 して行う。 USB接続回路 106は、 USB規格に準じてデータの送受信を行うためのィ ンターフェース回路である。  The USB connector 105 is a general-purpose USB connector, and can be connected to the USB connectors 201 and 401 of the remote control device 2 and the computer device 4. When the USB connector 105 is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2 or the USB connector 401 of the computer device 4, the CPU 101 transmits / receives data to / from these devices via the USB connection circuit 106. The USB connection circuit 106 is an interface circuit for transmitting and receiving data according to the USB standard.
[0218] この USBコネクタ 105が遠隔操作装置 2に接続されたとき、フラッシュメモリ 104に 遠隔操作装置 2から無線設定情報を書き込み可能となるように、 CPU101によって 制御される。また、 USBコネクタ 105がコンピュータ装置 4に接続されたとき、フラッシ ュメモリ 104に書き込まれた無線設定情報をコンピュータ装置 4により読み出し可能と なるように、 CPU101により制御される。  [0218] When the USB connector 105 is connected to the remote operation device 2, the CPU 101 controls the wireless memory 104 so that the wireless setting information can be written from the remote operation device 2. Further, when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer apparatus 4, the CPU 101 is controlled so that the wireless setting information written in the flash memory 104 can be read by the computer apparatus 4.
[0219] 無線通信部 107は、コンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を接続したときに、遠隔 操作装置 2から書き込まれた無線設定情報に基づいた設定により画像投影装置 3' の無線部と通信を行う。ここで、遠隔操作装置 2から書き込まれた無線設定情報はま ずコンピュータ装置 4に読み込まれ、このように読み込んだ無線設定情報をコンビュ ータ装置 4から無線デバイス 1 'へ送信して、無線通信部 107をその無線設定情報に 従って無線通信を行わせるようにする方式や、 CPU101が遠隔操作装置 2から無線 設定情報を読み込んで無線通信部 107をその無線設定情報に従って無線通信を行 わせる方式などがあり、ここでは、前者の方式を例に挙げて説明する。前者の方式で は、 CPU101は、遠隔操作装置 2によって書き込まれた無線設定情報をコンビユー タ装置 4へ出力する出力手段等として機能する。 [0220] (遠隔操作装置 2について) [0219] When the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4, the wireless communication unit 107 communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device 3 'according to the setting based on the wireless setting information written from the remote control device 2. . Here, the wireless setting information written from the remote control device 2 is first read into the computer device 4, and the wireless setting information read in this way is transmitted from the computer device 4 to the wireless device 1 ′ to perform wireless communication. A method for causing the unit 107 to perform wireless communication according to the wireless setting information, or a method for the CPU 101 to read the wireless setting information from the remote control device 2 and perform the wireless communication according to the wireless setting information by the wireless communication unit 107. Here, the former method will be described as an example. In the former method, the CPU 101 functions as an output means for outputting the wireless setting information written by the remote operation device 2 to the computer device 4. [0220] (Remote control device 2)
次に、遠隔操作装置 2の構成及び動作について説明する。図 18は遠隔操作装置 2 のブロック図である。  Next, the configuration and operation of the remote control device 2 will be described. FIG. 18 is a block diagram of the remote control device 2.
[0221] 遠隔操作装置 2は、図 18に示すように、 USBコネクタ 201と、この USBコネクタ 201 を介して他の装置と USB規格に基づく通信を行う USBホストコントローラ 202と、画 像投影装置 3'へ赤外線信号を送信する赤外線送信部 203 (ワイヤレス送信部の一 例に相当)と、この赤外線送信部 203を制御する赤外線制御部 204と、利用者により 操作される操作ボタン 205と、この操作ボタン 205が利用者によって操作されたことを 後述の CPUに通知する入力インターフェース 206と、各種情報を表示する表示部 2 07と、ワーキングメモリ等として用いられるメモリ 208と、現時刻等を計時する計時手 段である時計回路 209と、遠隔操作装置 2全体を制御する CPU210と、遠隔操作装 置 2用の制御プログラムを記憶するプログラム記憶部としての機能や無線通信部 107 を介して画像投影装置 3'との通信必要な無線設定情報を記憶する無線設定情報記 憶部としての機能を有する 2次記憶装置 211と、を備えており、 USBホストコントロー ラ 202、赤外線制御部 204、入力インターフェース 206、表示部 207、メモリ 208、時 計回路 209、 CPU210及び 2次記憶装置 211はバス 216によって接続されている。  As shown in FIG. 18, the remote control device 2 includes a USB connector 201, a USB host controller 202 that communicates with other devices via the USB connector 201, and an image projection device 3. Infrared transmitter 203 for transmitting an infrared signal to (corresponding to an example of a wireless transmitter), an infrared controller 204 for controlling the infrared transmitter 203, an operation button 205 operated by the user, and this operation An input interface 206 that notifies the CPU described later that the button 205 has been operated by the user, a display unit 206 that displays various types of information, a memory 208 that is used as a working memory, and a clock that measures the current time, etc. A clock circuit 209 as a means, a CPU 210 that controls the entire remote operation device 2, a function as a program storage unit that stores a control program for the remote operation device 2, and a wireless communication unit 107 A secondary storage device 211 having a function as a wireless setting information storage unit for storing wireless setting information necessary for communication with the image projection device 3 ′, a USB host controller 202, and an infrared control unit 204. The input interface 206, the display unit 207, the memory 208, the clock circuit 209, the CPU 210, and the secondary storage device 211 are connected by a bus 216.
[0222] CPU210は、 2次記憶装置 211に格納された制御プログラムを読み出して実行す ることによって、遠隔操作装置 2の制御部として機能する。ここでは、説明の便宜上、 2次記憶装置 211を単一の記憶手段として説明している力 S、複数個のメモリ(ROMや RAMなど)によって構成することができる。  [0222] The CPU 210 functions as a control unit of the remote operation device 2 by reading and executing the control program stored in the secondary storage device 211. Here, for convenience of explanation, the secondary storage device 211 can be constituted by the force S described as a single storage means and a plurality of memories (ROM, RAM, etc.).
[0223] ここで、 CPU210は、遠隔操作装置 2の制御部として、コンピュータ装置 4に接続さ れた無線デバイス 1 'と画像投影装置 3'と間の無線通信に必要な無線設定情報を生 成する無線設定情報生成部、所定のタイミングで無線設定情報を無線デバイス 1 'に 書き込む無線設定情報書込部として機能する。ここで、無線設定情報を生成(更新を 含む)及び書き込みを行う契機となるタイミングは、(a) CPU210が USBコネクタ 201 に無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105が接続されたことを検出したとき、 (b) CPU21 0が遠隔操作装置 2に設けられた起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたことを検出したと き、或いは (c) CPU210が遠隔操作装置 2に設けられた更新ボタン 232が操作され たときことを検出したときがあり、いずれを選択するのかは利用者による左右矢印キー 234, 235、決定キー 236などの操作による 2次記憶装置 211への設定によって決定 される。なお、(b)及び (c)の両方のタイミングで動作させるように設定することもでき るものとする。また、無線設定情報の生成を行う契機となるタイミングを、上記(a)のタ イミングに代えて、 CPU210が USBコネクタ 201から無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105力 S抜力、れたことを検出したとさとしてあよい。 [0223] Here, the CPU 210, as a control unit of the remote control device 2, generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the wireless device 1 'connected to the computer device 4 and the image projection device 3'. Functions as a wireless setting information generation unit that writes wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 ′ at a predetermined timing. Here, the timing for generating (including updating) and writing the wireless setting information is as follows: (a) When the CPU 210 detects that the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201, (b) When the CPU 210 detects that the activation control button 231 provided on the remote control device 2 is operated, or (c) the CPU 210 operates the update button 232 provided on the remote control device 2. It is determined by the setting in the secondary storage device 211 by the user's operation of the left and right arrow keys 234, 235, the determination key 236, and the like. It can also be set to operate at both timings (b) and (c). In addition, instead of the timing (a) above, the timing for generating the wireless setting information is detected by the CPU 210 from the USB connector 201 to the USB connector 105 force S of the wireless device 1 '. It's nice to have done it.
[0224] また、 CPU210は、遠隔操作装置 2の制御部として、無線デバイス 1 'に書き込んだ 無線設定情報を画像投影装置 3'へ通知する通知部として機能する。無線設定情報 を通知するタイミングとしては、(a) CPU210が無線設定情報を更新したとき、 (b) CP U210が遠隔操作装置 2に設けられた情報送信ボタン 237が操作されたことを検出し たときなどがあり、いずれを選択するのかは利用者による左右矢印キー 234, 235、 決定キー 236などの操作による 2次記憶装置 211への設定によって決定される。な お、 CPU210は、無線設定情報の通知の際に、現時刻情報を通知する。画像投影 装置 3'の制御部 303は遠隔操作装置 2から通知される現時刻情報に基づいて、時 計回路 305を調整する(図 23参照)。  [0224] Further, the CPU 210 functions as a control unit of the remote operation device 2 as a notification unit that notifies the image projection device 3 'of the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1'. The timing for notifying the wireless setting information is (a) when the CPU 210 updates the wireless setting information, (b) the CPU 210 detects that the information transmission button 237 provided on the remote control device 2 has been operated. There are times, and which one to select is determined by the setting in the secondary storage device 211 by the operation of the left and right arrow keys 234, 235, the determination key 236, etc. by the user. The CPU 210 notifies the current time information when notifying the wireless setting information. The control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 ′ adjusts the clock circuit 305 based on the current time information notified from the remote control device 2 (see FIG. 23).
[0225] また、 CPU210は、遠隔操作装置 2の制御部として、同一の無線設定情報を無線 デバイス 1 'に書き込むことができる書き込み回数を設定するために、操作ボタン 205 と共に書き込み回数設定部として機能する。すなわち、無線設定情報書込部によつ て無線設定情報が設定された書き込み回数を超えて書き込まれるまでは、無線設定 情報の更新を行わず、設定された書き込み回数を超えたときに無線設定情報の更新 を行うように制御する。例えば、 CPU210は、遠隔操作装置 2の更新ボタンを操作し ている状態で無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105が遠隔操作装置 2の USBコネクタ 201に接続されたときには、無線デバイス 1 'への書き込み回数を 1つ増やすようにす る(図 19参照)。また、 CPU210は、設定された書き込み回数分の無線設定情報の 更新を行ったとき、表示部 207への警告表示や警告音出力部(図示せず)からの警 告を行い、その後所定時間以内に後述の維持ボタン 238が操作されないときに無線 設定情報の更新を行う更新判定手段としての機能をも有している。  [0225] In addition, the CPU 210 functions as a control unit of the remote control device 2 and functions as a write count setting unit together with the operation button 205 in order to set the number of times that the same radio setting information can be written to the radio device 1 '. To do. In other words, the wireless setting information is not updated until the wireless setting information writing unit exceeds the set number of writings, and the wireless setting information is not updated. Control to update information. For example, when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201 of the remote control device 2 while the update button of the remote control device 2 is being operated, the CPU 210 performs the number of writes to the wireless device 1 ′. Increase by one (see Figure 19). In addition, when the wireless setting information is updated for the set number of times of writing, the CPU 210 displays a warning on the display unit 207 and a warning from a warning sound output unit (not shown), and then within a predetermined time. In addition, it has a function as an update determination means for updating the wireless setting information when a maintenance button 238 described later is not operated.
[0226] ここで、無線設定情報には、上述したように、無線 LAN規格種別、ネットワークモー ド、ネットワーク名、無線チャンネル、認証レベル、暗号化レベル、データ暗号化方式 、喑号キー、 IPアドレス、サブネットマスク、 DNSのアドレス、有効時間などが含まれる[0226] Here, as described above, the wireless setting information includes the wireless LAN standard type, the network mode. Network name, wireless channel, authentication level, encryption level, data encryption method, key number, IP address, subnet mask, DNS address, valid time, etc.
Yes
[0227] USBコネクタ 201には、無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105を接続することができ る。 CPU210は、無線デバイス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105が USBコネクタ 201に接続さ れて!/、るか否かを USBホストコントローラ 202を介して検出し、接続されて!/、る場合に は、無線デバイス 1 'とのデータの送受信を行う。  [0227] The USB connector 201 of the wireless device 1 'can be connected to the USB connector 201. The CPU 210 detects whether or not the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201! /, Via the USB host controller 202. Send / receive data to / from device 1 '.
[0228] 操作ボタン 205は、図 17に示すように、画像投影装置 3'において利用者が操作可 能な箇所、すなわちハウジングの外壁面の適所に設けられており、利用者がこの操 作ボタン 205を操作することによって、その操作内容に応じた制御を CPU210が実 行する。操作ボタン 205には、上述した起動制御ボタン 231 (起動制御指示部の一 例に相当)、更新ボタン 232 (更新操作部の一例に相当)、十字キー 233、左矢印キ 一 234、右矢印キー 235、決定キー 236、画像投影装置 3'へ無線設定情報を送信 するための情報送信ボタン 237、無線設定情報の更新を抑制するため更新抑制部と しての維持ボタン 238、無線デバイス 1 'へ無線設定情報の書き込みを行うための無 線情報設定ボタン 239などが配置されている。  [0228] As shown in Fig. 17, the operation button 205 is provided at a position where the user can operate the image projection apparatus 3 ', that is, at an appropriate position on the outer wall surface of the housing. By operating 205, the CPU 210 executes control according to the operation content. The operation button 205 includes the above-described start control button 231 (corresponding to an example of the start control instruction unit), update button 232 (corresponding to an example of the update operation unit), cross key 233, left arrow key 234, right arrow key 235, determination key 236, information transmission button 237 for transmitting wireless setting information to the image projection apparatus 3 ′, maintenance button 238 as an update suppression unit for suppressing wireless setting information update, to wireless device 1 ′ A wireless information setting button 239 for writing wireless setting information is arranged.
[0229] ここで、遠隔操作装置 2における無線設定情報の処理動作について、図 19〜図 21 のフローチャートを参照して具体的に説明する。図 19は遠隔操作装置 2における無 線設定情報の処理のフローチャート、図 20は遠隔操作装置 2における無線設定情 報の更新処理のフローチャート、図 21は遠隔操作装置 2における無線設定情報の 書き込み処理のフローチャートである。  [0229] Here, the processing operation of the wireless setting information in the remote control device 2 will be specifically described with reference to the flowcharts of Figs. 19 is a flowchart of the wireless setting information process in the remote operation device 2, FIG. 20 is a flowchart of the wireless setting information update process in the remote operation device 2, and FIG. 21 is a wireless setting information writing process in the remote operation device 2. It is a flowchart.
[0230] まず、図 19を参照して、遠隔操作装置 2における無線情報設定の処理の基本的な 動作の一例について説明する。この動作は、遠隔操作装置 2において、無線デバィ ス 1 'の USBコネクタ 105が USBコネクタ 201に接続されたときに無線設定情報の更 新と無線設定情報の書き込みを行うように設定されており、また、情報送信ボタン 23 7が操作されたときに無線設定情報を画像投影装置 3'へ通知するように設定されて いるときの動作例である。  First, an example of the basic operation of the wireless information setting process in the remote control device 2 will be described with reference to FIG. This operation is set in the remote control device 2 to update the wireless setting information and write the wireless setting information when the USB connector 105 of the wireless device 1 ′ is connected to the USB connector 201. Further, it is an operation example when it is set to notify the wireless setting information to the image projection device 3 ′ when the information transmission button 237 is operated.
[0231] 図 19に示すように、遠隔操作装置 2の CPU210は、 USBデバイスが接続されたか 否かを検出する(ステップ S100' )。すなわち、 CPU210は、 USBデバイスの USBコ ネクタが USBコネクタ 201に揷入されたか否かを検出する。この処理において、 US Bデバイスの接続を検出すると(ステップ S100,: YES)、 CPU210は、ステップ S10 1 'の処理に移行する。一方、 USBデバイスの接続が検出されないと(ステップ S 100 ': NO)、ステップ S100 'の処理を繰り返し実効する。 [0231] As shown in FIG. 19, the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 is connected to the USB device. Whether or not is detected (step S100 '). That is, the CPU 210 detects whether or not the USB connector of the USB device is inserted into the USB connector 201. In this process, when the connection of the USB device is detected (step S100, YES), the CPU 210 proceeds to the process of step S10 1 ′. On the other hand, if the connection of the USB device is not detected (step S100 ′: NO), the process of step S100 ′ is repeatedly executed.
[0232] ステップ S101 'において、 CPU210は、 USBデバイスの識別情報を取得する。す なわち、 CPU210は、 USBコネクタ 201を介して USBデバイスへ識別情報の送信要 求を行い、この要求に応じて USBデバイスから送信される識別情報を取得する。ここ では、識別情報として、 USBデバイスに割り当てられた MACアドレスを例に挙げて 説明する。 [0232] In step S101 ', the CPU 210 acquires the identification information of the USB device. In other words, the CPU 210 makes a request for transmitting identification information to the USB device via the USB connector 201, and acquires the identification information transmitted from the USB device in response to this request. Here, the MAC address assigned to the USB device is explained as an example of identification information.
[0233] 次に、 CPU210は、揷入されている USBデバイスの識別情報が無線デバイス 1 'が 保有する識別情報であるか否力、を判定する(ステップ S102' )。ここで、識別情報で ある MACアドレスは、上位 24ビットがベンダー IDとなっており、下位 24ビットがベン ダー毎に割り当てるシリアル番号となっている。 CPU210は、 USBデバイスの MAC アドレスが所定のベンダー IDであり、かつ所定のシリアル番号となっているか否かを 判定することにより、 USBデバイスの MACアドレスが無線デバイス 1,の MACァドレ スであるか否かを判定する。  Next, the CPU 210 determines whether or not the identification information of the inserted USB device is the identification information held by the wireless device 1 ′ (step S 102 ′). Here, in the MAC address, which is identification information, the upper 24 bits are the vendor ID, and the lower 24 bits are the serial number assigned to each vendor. The CPU 210 determines whether the MAC address of the USB device is the MAC address of the wireless device 1 by determining whether the MAC address of the USB device is a predetermined vendor ID and a predetermined serial number. Determine whether or not.
[0234] この処理において、揷入された USBデバイスが無線デバイス 1 'であると判定すると  [0234] In this process, if it is determined that the inserted USB device is wireless device 1 '
(ステップ S 102': YES)、 CPU210は、処理をステップ S103'に移行する。一方、 揷入された USBデバイスが無線デバイス 1 'ではないと判定すると(ステップ S 102': NO)、 CPU210は処理をステップ S100 'に移行する。  (Step S102 ′: YES), the CPU 210 shifts the processing to Step S103 ′. On the other hand, when determining that the inserted USB device is not the wireless device 1 ′ (step S102 ′: NO), the CPU 210 shifts the processing to step S100 ′.
[0235] ステップ S103'において、 CPU210は、無線デバイス 1 'が接続されてから所定時 間内に維持ボタン 238が操作されたか否かを検出する。そして、維持ボタン 238が操 作されていないと判定すると(ステップ S103': NO)、 CPU210は、 2次記憶装置 21 [0235] In step S103 ', the CPU 210 detects whether or not the maintenance button 238 is operated within a predetermined time after the wireless device 1' is connected. If it is determined that the maintenance button 238 is not operated (step S103 ′: NO), the CPU 210 determines that the secondary storage device 21
1に記憶している無線設定情報を更新する(ステップ S104' )。この処理は、図 20の フローチャートに示す処理であり、後述する。 The wireless setting information stored in 1 is updated (step S104 ′). This process is shown in the flowchart of FIG. 20, and will be described later.
[0236] ステップ S104'の処理が終了したとき、又はステップ S103'において維持ボタン 23 8が操作されたと判定したとき(ステップ S 103': YES)、 CPU210は、無線設定情報 を無線デバイス 1 'に書き込む処理を行う(ステップ S105' )。この処理は、図 21のフ ローチャートに示す処理であり、後述する。 [0236] When the process of step S104 'is completed, or when it is determined in step S103' that the maintenance button 238 has been operated (step S103 ': YES), the CPU 210 receives the wireless setting information. Is written to the wireless device 1 ′ (step S105 ′). This process is shown in the flowchart of FIG. 21, and will be described later.
[0237] 次に、 CPU210は、情報送信ボタン 237が操作されたか否かを検出する(ステップ S 106 ' )。 CPU210は、この情報送信ボタン 237が操作されるまで(ステップ S 106 ': NO)、この処理を繰り返し、情報送信ボタン 237が操作されたとき(ステップ S106 ': YES)、赤外線送信部 203から無線デバイス 1 'へ無線設定情報を赤外線によって送 信する(ステップ S107' )。  Next, the CPU 210 detects whether or not the information transmission button 237 has been operated (step S 106 ′). The CPU 210 repeats this process until the information transmission button 237 is operated (step S 106 ′: NO), and when the information transmission button 237 is operated (step S 106 ′: YES), the infrared transmission unit 203 wirelessly transmits the information. Wireless setting information is transmitted to device 1 'by infrared rays (step S107').
[0238] ステップ S107'の処理が終了すると、 CPU210は、遠隔操作装置 2の電源がオフ であるか否かを判断する(ステップ S108 ' )。 CPU210は、遠隔操作装置 2の電源が オフであると判定した場合には(ステップ S108 ': YES)、本処理を終了する一方、電 源がオフではないと判定した場合には(ステップ S 108 ': NO)、ステップ S100'から 繰り返し処理を実行することとなる。  [0238] When the processing of step S107 'is completed, CPU 210 determines whether or not the power supply of remote control device 2 is off (step S108'). If the CPU 210 determines that the power of the remote control device 2 is off (step S108 ': YES), the CPU 210 ends the process, while if it determines that the power is not off (step S108). ': NO), the process is repeated from step S100'.
[0239] このように、 CPU210は、無線デバイス 1 'に書き込んだ無線設定情報を画像投影 装置 3'へ通知する通知部として機能する。  As described above, the CPU 210 functions as a notification unit that notifies the image projection device 3 ′ of the wireless setting information written in the wireless device 1 ′.
[0240] 次に、ステップ S 104'における無線設定情報の更新処理の詳細を図 20のフローチ ヤートを参照して具体的に説明する。  [0240] Next, details of the update processing of the wireless setting information in step S104 'will be specifically described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
[0241] 無線設定情報の更新処理を開始すると、 CPU210はまず、 2次記憶装置 211に記 憶している無線設定情報のうち喑号キーをクリアし (ステップ S 110' )、その後、無線 設定情報のうち喑号キーを生成して(ステップ S 111 ' )、ステップ S 112'に処理を移 行する。  [0241] When the update processing of the wireless setting information is started, the CPU 210 first clears the key of the wireless setting information stored in the secondary storage device 211 (step S110 '), and then the wireless setting A key number is generated from the information (step S 111 ′), and the process proceeds to step S 112 ′.
[0242] ステップ S112'において、 CPU210は、無線設定情報を 2次記憶装置 211から読 み出す。ここで読み出す無線設定情報は、図 9に示したように、ネットワークモード、 ネットワーク名(暗号キーと有効時間を除く)などがある。 CPU210は、このように読み 出した情報にステップ S111,で生成した暗号キーを加えた新たな無線設定情報を生 成し、 2次記憶装置 211に記憶することによって、無線設定情報の更新を行う(ステツ プ S113' )。なお、ここでは暗号キーを更新することによって無線設定情報の更新を 行うこととしたが、暗号キーに加えてその他の暗号情報(暗号レベル、データ暗号化) の更新を行ってもよい。また、これらに加え、バンド情報(ΙΕΕΕ802· l la/b/g)や 無線チャンネルの更新を行ってもょレ、。 [0242] In step S112 ', CPU 210 reads the wireless setting information from secondary storage device 211. The wireless setting information read out here includes the network mode and network name (excluding the encryption key and valid time) as shown in FIG. The CPU 210 updates the wireless setting information by generating new wireless setting information obtained by adding the encryption key generated in step S111 to the information thus read and storing it in the secondary storage device 211. (Step S113 '). Here, the wireless setting information is updated by updating the encryption key. However, other encryption information (encryption level, data encryption) may be updated in addition to the encryption key. In addition to these, band information (ΙΕΕΕ802 · l la / b / g) and You can update your wireless channel.
[0243] このように、 CPU210は、画像投影装置 3'とコンピュータ装置 4間の無線通信に必 要な無線設定情報を生成する無線設定情報生成部として機能する。  In this way, the CPU 210 functions as a wireless setting information generation unit that generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device 3 ′ and the computer device 4.
[0244] 次に、ステップ S 105'における無線設定情報の書き込み処理の詳細を図 21のフロ 一チャートを参照して具体的に説明する。  Next, details of the wireless setting information writing process in step S 105 ′ will be specifically described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
[0245] 無線設定情報のき込み処理を開始すると、 CPU210はまず、無線デバイス 1 'への 無線設定情報の書き込み処理を開始するために、無線デバイス 1 'へ書き込み要求 を行う。この要求が無線デバイス 1 'で受信されると、無線デバイス 1 'の CPU210は、 書き込み中ランプ 150を点灯させる(ステップ S120' )。その後、 CPU210は、無線 設定情報を 2次記憶装置 211から読み出す。ここで読み出す無線設定情報は、図 9 に示したように、ネットワークモード、ネットワーク名(有効時間を除く)などがある。その 後、 CPU210は、時計回路 209から現時刻の情報を取得し、さらに接続可能時間を 2次記憶装置 211から読み出す。このとき、 CPU210は、接続可能時間と現時刻とに 基づいて、有効時間を算出する。例えば、接続可能時間が 2時間であり、現時刻が P M2 : 30であるとすると、有効時間を PM4 : 30とする。また、年月日も有効時間に含め る。次に、 CPUは、 2次記憶装置 211から読み出した無線設定情報と生成した有効 時間とを無線設定情報として無線デバイス 1 'へ書き込む処理を開始する(ステップ S 121,)。  [0245] When the setting process of the wireless setting information is started, the CPU 210 first makes a write request to the wireless device 1 'in order to start the writing process of the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1'. When this request is received by the wireless device 1 ′, the CPU 210 of the wireless device 1 ′ turns on the writing lamp 150 (step S120 ′). Thereafter, the CPU 210 reads the wireless setting information from the secondary storage device 211. The wireless setting information read here includes the network mode, network name (excluding the valid time), etc., as shown in FIG. After that, the CPU 210 acquires information on the current time from the clock circuit 209 and further reads out the connectable time from the secondary storage device 211. At this time, the CPU 210 calculates the valid time based on the connectable time and the current time. For example, if the connectable time is 2 hours and the current time is PM2: 30, the valid time is PM4: 30. The date is also included in the valid time. Next, the CPU starts processing to write the wireless setting information read from the secondary storage device 211 and the generated valid time to the wireless device 1 ′ as wireless setting information (step S121).
[0246] その後、 CPU210は、書き込みが終了するまで待ち(ステップ S122': NO)、この 書き込みが終了すると(ステップ S 122': YES)、書き込み中ランプ 150の消灯を無 線デバイス 1 'に要求する。この要求が無線デバイス 1 'で受信されると、無線デバイス 1,の CPU101は、書き込み中ランプ 150を消灯させる(ステップ S123,)。  [0246] After that, the CPU 210 waits until the writing is completed (step S122 ': NO). When the writing is completed (step S122': YES), the wireless device 1 'requests the wireless device 1' to turn off the writing lamp 150. To do. When this request is received by the wireless device 1 ′, the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 turns off the writing lamp 150 (step S123).
[0247] ところで、上述の実施形態においては、暗号キーと有効時間とを別々の情報として 無線デバイス 1 'に書き込むこととした力 暗号キーに有効時間を埋め込むようにして もよい。この場合、 CPU210は、ランダム変数を生成すると共に、 2次記憶装置 211 に記憶している無線設定情報のうち接続可能時間の情報を取得し、このように取得し た接続可能時間と時計回路 209から得られた現時刻の情報と基づいて有効時間を 演算する。そして、 CPU210は、このランダム変数と有効時間とに基づいて、喑号キ 一を生成する。この喑号キーが例えば 128bitの場合、 13文字のうち、前半 7文字を ランダム変数で構成し、後半 6文字を有効時間の日時で構成する。このように、構成 することにより、コンピュータ装置 4の画像転送アプリケーションは、暗号キーにより有 効時間を設定することができる。また、コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、画像転送ァ プリケーシヨンの実行により、暗号キーに基づいて、有効時間を検出することができる[0247] Incidentally, in the above-described embodiment, the effective time may be embedded in the force encryption key in which the encryption key and the effective time are written in the wireless device 1 'as separate information. In this case, the CPU 210 generates a random variable, obtains information on the connectable time from the wireless setting information stored in the secondary storage device 211, and the connectable time thus obtained and the clock circuit 209. The effective time is calculated based on the current time information obtained from (1). Then, the CPU 210 uses the random number and the valid time to Produces one. For example, if this key is 128bit, out of 13 characters, the first 7 characters are composed of random variables, and the last 6 characters are composed of the date and time of the valid time. By configuring in this way, the image transfer application of the computer apparatus 4 can set the valid time using the encryption key. Further, the CPU 405 of the computer device 4 can detect the valid time based on the encryption key by executing the image transfer application.
Yes
[0248] 以上のように、他の実施形態 [1]における遠隔操作装置 2の CPU210は、無線デバ イス 1 'が USBコネクタ 201に接続されると、画像投影装置 3'と無線通信を行うため の無線設定情報をこの無線デバイス 1 'に書き込むようにしている。また、無線デバィ ス 1 'に無線設定情報を書き込む毎に暗号キーを更新することによって、無線通信の 秘匿性を向上させている。但し、維持ボタンを操作することによって、無線設定情報 の更新をさせないようにして、同一の無線設定情報を複数の無線デバイス 1 'に書き 込むことができるようにしており、これにより複数のコンピュータ装置 4と画像投影装置 3'との間で無線通信が可能となる。  [0248] As described above, the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 in the other embodiment [1] performs wireless communication with the image projection device 3 'when the wireless device 1' is connected to the USB connector 201. The wireless setting information is written to this wireless device 1 '. Also, the confidentiality of wireless communication is improved by updating the encryption key each time wireless setting information is written to the wireless device 1 ′. However, the same wireless setting information can be written to a plurality of wireless devices 1 ′ by operating the maintenance button so that the wireless setting information is not updated, thereby enabling a plurality of computer devices to be written. Wireless communication is possible between 4 and the image projection device 3 ′.
[0249] なお、同一の無線設定情報を複数の無線デバイス 1 'に書き込む方法としては、同 一の無線設定情報を無線デバイス 1 'に書き込むことができる書き込み回数を設定す る書き込み回数設定部として CPU210を機能させ、無線設定情報がこの書き込み回 数を超えて書き込まれるまでは、無線設定情報の更新を行わな!/、ようにしてもょレ、。 例えば、左右矢印キー 234, 235と決定キー 236等によってこの書き込み回数を設 定するようにしてもよい。また、無線デバイス 1 'を遠隔操作装置 2に接続した後、所定 時間に更新ボタン 232を操作した数をこの書き込み回数として設定するようにしても よい。このように設定された書き込み回数は、 2次記憶装置 211に記憶される。このと き、 CPU210は、表示部 207に書き込み回数の設定情報と実際に無線設定情報を 書き込んだ無線デバイス 1 'の数の情報とを表示するようにしてもよい。  [0249] Note that, as a method of writing the same wireless setting information to a plurality of wireless devices 1 ', as a writing frequency setting unit for setting the number of times that the same wireless setting information can be written to the wireless device 1'. Do not update the wireless setting information until the CPU 210 functions and the wireless setting information is written beyond this number of writes! For example, the number of times of writing may be set by the left and right arrow keys 234, 235 and the enter key 236. In addition, after connecting the wireless device 1 ′ to the remote control device 2, the number of times that the update button 232 is operated in a predetermined time may be set as the number of times of writing. The number of times of writing set in this way is stored in the secondary storage device 211. At this time, the CPU 210 may display the setting information of the number of times of writing on the display unit 207 and the information of the number of the wireless devices 1 ′ in which the wireless setting information is actually written.
[0250] また、上記他の実施形態 [1]において遠隔操作装置 2は、無線デバイス 1 'が接続さ れたときに、無線設定情報をこの無線デバイス 1 'に書き込むようにしている力 起動 制御ボタン 231が操作されたときに、無線設定情報の更新を行うようにしてもよい。以 下、図 22を参照して、遠隔操作装置 2において起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたと きに無線設定情報の更新を行う動作の一例について説明する。図 22は遠隔操作装 置 2における無線設定情報の更新処理のフローチャートである。 [0250] Further, in the other embodiment [1], the remote control device 2 writes the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 'when the wireless device 1' is connected. The wireless setting information may be updated when the button 231 is operated. Hereinafter, referring to FIG. 22, it is assumed that the start control button 231 is operated in the remote control device 2. An example of an operation for updating the wireless setting information will be described. FIG. 22 is a flowchart of the wireless setting information update process in the remote operation device 2.
[0251] 図 22に示すように、まず、遠隔操作装置 2の CPU210は、起動制御ボタン 231が 操作されたか否力、を検出する (ステップ S 130' )。利用者によって起動制御ボタン 23 1が操作されると、 CPU210は、この操作を検出し(ステップ S130': YES)、画像投 影装置 3'に停止指示であるシャットダウンコマンドを送信する(ステップ S131 ' )。画 像投影装置 3'は、遠隔操作装置 2からシャットダウンコマンドを受信すると、投影部 3 08における後述の光源 321や LCD323などを OFFすると共に、 CPU210を休止状 態とする。 As shown in FIG. 22, first, the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 detects whether or not the activation control button 231 has been operated (step S 130 ′). When the activation control button 23 1 is operated by the user, the CPU 210 detects this operation (step S130 ′: YES), and transmits a shutdown command that is a stop instruction to the image projector 3 ′ (step S131 ′). ). When the image projection device 3 ′ receives a shutdown command from the remote control device 2, the image projection device 3 ′ turns off a light source 321, an LCD 323, and the like to be described later in the projection unit 308, and puts the CPU 210 into a sleep state.
[0252] 次に、 CPU210は、 2次記憶装置 211に記憶した無線設定情報の更新処理を行い  [0252] Next, the CPU 210 performs update processing of the wireless setting information stored in the secondary storage device 211.
(ステップ S 132' )、処理をステップ S133'に移行する。なお、このステップ S 132 'の 処理は、上述のステップ S104'の処理と同様であるため、説明を省略する。  (Step S132 '), the process proceeds to Step S133'. Note that the process of step S 132 ′ is the same as the process of step S 104 ′ described above, and a description thereof will be omitted.
[0253] ステップ S133'において、 CPU210は、ステップ S100'の処理と同様に USBデバ イスが接続されたか否かを検出する。この処理において、 USBデバイスの接続を検 出すると(ステップ S 133': YES)、 CPU210は、ステップ S134'の処理に移行する。  [0253] In step S133 ', the CPU 210 detects whether or not a USB device is connected in the same manner as in the process of step S100'. In this process, when the connection of the USB device is detected (step S133 ′: YES), the CPU 210 proceeds to the process of step S134 ′.
[0254] ステップ S134'において、 CPU210は、ステップ S101,の処理と同様に USBデバ イスの識別情報を取得する。その後、 CPU210は、ステップ S 102'の処理と同様に 揷入されて!/、る USBデバイスの識別情報が無線デバイス 1 'が保有する識別情報で あるか否かを判定する(ステップ S 135 ' )。  [0254] In step S134 ', the CPU 210 acquires USB device identification information in the same manner as in step S101. Thereafter, the CPU 210 determines whether or not the USB device identification information is the identification information held by the wireless device 1 ′ (step S 135 ′). ).
[0255] この処理において、揷入された USBデバイスが無線デバイス 1 'であると判定すると  [0255] In this process, if the inserted USB device is determined to be wireless device 1 '
(ステップ S 135': YES)、 CPU210は、無線設定情報を無線デバイス 1 'に書き込む 処理を行う(ステップ S136 ' )。この処理は、上述のステップ S105'の処理と同様であ るため、説明を省略する。  (Step S135 ′: YES), the CPU 210 performs a process of writing the wireless setting information to the wireless device 1 ′ (Step S136 ′). Since this process is the same as the process in step S105 ′ described above, description thereof is omitted.
[0256] その後、 CPU210は、起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたか否かを検出する(ステツ プ S137' )。利用者によって起動制御ボタン 231が操作されると、 CPU210は、この 操作を検出し (ステップ S137': YES)、画像投影装置 3'へ起動指示である起動コマ ンドを送信し (ステップ S138 ' )、さらに、赤外線送信部 203から無線デバイス 1 'へ無 線設定情報を赤外線によって送信する (ステップ S 139 ' )。 [0257] なお、上述においては、画像投影装置 3'をシャットダウンしたときに無線設定情報 を更新することとしたが、画像投影装置 3'を起動するときに無線設定情報を更新す るようにしてもよい。この場合、例えば、 CPU210は、起動制御ボタン 231が操作され 、画像投影装置 3'を起動するときに、無線デバイス 1 'が接続されているか否かを判 定し、無線デバイス 1 'が接続されている場合には、無線設定情報の更新を行うと共 に、画像投影装置 3'へ起動コマンドを送信し、さらに、無線デバイス 1 'へ無線設定 情報を赤外線によって送信する。 [0256] Thereafter, the CPU 210 detects whether or not the activation control button 231 has been operated (step S137 '). When the activation control button 231 is operated by the user, the CPU 210 detects this operation (step S137 ′: YES), and transmits an activation command as an activation instruction to the image projection device 3 ′ (step S138 ′). Further, the wireless setting information is transmitted from the infrared transmission unit 203 to the wireless device 1 ′ by infrared rays (step S 139 ′). [0257] In the above description, the wireless setting information is updated when the image projection device 3 'is shut down. However, the wireless setting information is updated when the image projection device 3' is activated. Also good. In this case, for example, when the activation control button 231 is operated and the image projection apparatus 3 ′ is activated, the CPU 210 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 ′ is connected, and the wireless device 1 ′ is connected. If the wireless setting information is updated, an activation command is transmitted to the image projection apparatus 3 ′, and the wireless setting information is transmitted to the wireless device 1 ′ by infrared rays.
[0258] 以上のように、遠隔操作装置 2は、起動制御ボタンが操作されたとき、無線設定情 報を更新するので、画像投影装置 3 'の起動指示毎或いは停止指示毎に無線設定 情報を更新することができ、画像投影装置 3'が使用される毎に無線設定情報の更新 が可能となる。また、ステップ S137'において、 CPU210は、無線設定情報を書き込 んだ無線デバイス 1 'とは別の無線デバイス 1,が接続されたか否かを検出し、別の無 線デバイス 1 'が接続されたと判定したときに、ステップ S 136 'の処理に移行して、こ の別の無線デバイスに無線設定情報尾書き込むようにしてもよい。このようにすること により、同一の無線設定情報を複数の無線デバイス 1 'に書き込むことができる。なお 、ここでの同一の無線設定情報とは、図 9に示す無線設定情報のうち IPアドレスを除 いた情報が同一であることを意味する。  As described above, since the remote control device 2 updates the wireless setting information when the start control button is operated, the wireless setting information is displayed for each start instruction or stop instruction of the image projection device 3 ′. The wireless setting information can be updated every time the image projection device 3 ′ is used. In step S137 ′, the CPU 210 detects whether or not a wireless device 1 other than the wireless device 1 ′ into which the wireless setting information has been written is connected, and another wireless device 1 ′ is connected. When it is determined that the wireless setting information has been determined, the process proceeds to step S 136 ′, and the wireless setting information may be written to the other wireless device. In this way, the same wireless setting information can be written to a plurality of wireless devices 1 ′. Here, the same wireless setting information means that the information excluding the IP address in the wireless setting information shown in FIG. 9 is the same.
[0259] また、上述では、遠隔操作装置 2による無線設定情報の更新を、遠隔操作装置 2に 無線デバイス 1 'が接続されたとき、或いは、起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたときと したが、手動操作によって行うようにしてもよい。すなわち、遠隔操作装置 2には、無 線設定情報のうち少なくとも暗号キーを生成して更新する動作を指示する更新ボタン 232を備えており、更新ボタン 232が操作される毎に、無線設定情報のうち少なくとも 暗号キーを生成して更新するようにしてもょレ、。  [0259] In the above description, the wireless setting information is updated by the remote operation device 2 when the wireless device 1 'is connected to the remote operation device 2 or when the activation control button 231 is operated. You may make it carry out by manual operation. That is, the remote control device 2 is provided with an update button 232 for instructing at least an operation for generating and updating an encryption key in the wireless setting information, and each time the update button 232 is operated, the wireless setting information is updated. At least you should generate and update the encryption key.
[0260] (画像投影装置 3'について)  [0260] (Image projection device 3 ')
画像投影装置 3'は、図 23に示すように、遠隔操作装置 2と赤外線通信を行う赤外 線受信部 301 (ワイヤレス受信部の一例に相当)と、利用者によって各種操作を行う ための制御パネル 302と、画像投影装置 3'全体を制御する制御部 303と、無線設定 情報などの情報を保持するための不揮発性メモリ 304と、計時手段である時計回路 3 05と、無線 LAN規格に準拠した無線通信を行う無線部 306と、外部から映像信号を 入力する映像信号入力回路 307と、映像信号入力回路 307を介して入力される映像 信号や無線部 306を介して受信される画像データに基づいた画像を投影する投影 部 308とを備えており、これらはハウジングに内蔵される。以下、画像投影装置 3'に ついては、制御部 303による処理及び赤外線受信部 301の構成が一部異なる以外 は、上述した画像投影装置 3の構成と同様の構成であるため、重複する構成の詳細 な説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 23, the image projection device 3 ′ includes an infrared ray receiving unit 301 (corresponding to an example of a wireless receiving unit) that performs infrared communication with the remote control device 2, and a control for performing various operations by the user. A panel 302, a control unit 303 for controlling the entire image projection apparatus 3 ′, a non-volatile memory 304 for holding information such as wireless setting information, and a clock circuit 3 which is a time measuring means 05, a wireless unit 306 that performs wireless communication compliant with the wireless LAN standard, a video signal input circuit 307 that inputs a video signal from the outside, and a video signal or wireless unit 306 that is input via the video signal input circuit 307 A projection unit 308 that projects an image based on the image data received via the image data, and these are built in the housing. Hereinafter, the image projecting device 3 ′ has the same configuration as the configuration of the image projecting device 3 described above except that the processing by the control unit 303 and the configuration of the infrared receiving unit 301 are partially different. The detailed explanation is omitted.
[0261] 赤外線受信部 301は、遠隔操作装置 2から送信された赤外線信号を受信する赤外 線受光部 310と、この赤外線受光部 310によって受信した赤外線信号を制御部 303 に通知する赤外線制御部 311とを有している。赤外線受光部 310としては、赤外線し EDなどが用いられる。  [0261] Infrared receiver 301 includes an infrared receiver 310 that receives an infrared signal transmitted from remote operation device 2, and an infrared controller that notifies controller 303 of the infrared signal received by infrared receiver 310. 311. As the infrared light receiving unit 310, an infrared ray ED or the like is used.
[0262] 制御部 303は、無線部 306を制御してコンピュータ装置 4から無線通信により送信 される画像データを受信し、この受信した画像データに応じた画像を投影部 308によ り投影する。また、制御部 303は、遠隔操作装置 2から赤外線受信部 301を介して無 線設定情報を受信すると、無線部 306を動作状態にし、その後無線部 306を介して コンピュータ装置 4と無線通信中か否かを判定し、コンピュータ装置 4と無線通信中で はないと判定した状態が一定状態継続したとき、無線部 306を非動作状態にする。  The control unit 303 controls the wireless unit 306 to receive image data transmitted from the computer apparatus 4 through wireless communication, and the projection unit 308 projects an image corresponding to the received image data. In addition, when the control unit 303 receives the wireless setting information from the remote control device 2 via the infrared reception unit 301, the control unit 303 sets the wireless unit 306 in an operating state and then performs wireless communication with the computer device 4 via the wireless unit 306. The wireless unit 306 is put into a non-operating state when the state in which it is determined whether or not the wireless communication with the computer apparatus 4 is not in a certain state continues.
[0263] ここで、画像投影装置 3'における無線情報の設定について、図面を参照して具体 的に説明する。図 24は画像投影装置 3'における基本的な動作の一例のフローチヤ ートである。  [0263] Here, the setting of wireless information in the image projection device 3 'will be specifically described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 24 is a flowchart of an example of basic operations in the image projector 3 ′.
[0264] まず、図 24を参照して、画像投影装置 3'における基本的な動作の一例について 説明する。  [0264] First, an example of a basic operation in the image projection device 3 'will be described with reference to FIG.
[0265] 図 24に示すように、画像投影装置 3'の制御部 303は、遠隔操作装置 2から起動コ マンドを受信したか否かを判定する(ステップ S 200' )。この判定は、起動コマンドを 受信するまで継続し(ステップ S200': NO)、起動コマンドを受信したとき(ステップ S 200': YES)、制御部 303は、投影部 308の光源 321や LCD323などの動作を開 始する。このとき、制御部 303は、無線部 306を停止した状態を維持する。  As shown in FIG. 24, the control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 ′ determines whether or not an activation command is received from the remote operation device 2 (step S200 ′). This determination continues until an activation command is received (step S200 ': NO). When an activation command is received (step S200': YES), the control unit 303 determines whether the light source 321 or LCD323 of the projection unit 308 Start operation. At this time, the control unit 303 maintains the state where the wireless unit 306 is stopped.
[0266] 次に、制御部 303は、内部の RAMに設定されている経過時間記憶領域の経過時 間を初期化して 0に戻して(ステップ S201 ' )、処理をステップ S202'に移行する。 [0266] Next, the control unit 303 passes the elapsed time storage area set in the internal RAM. The interval is initialized and returned to 0 (step S201 ′), and the process proceeds to step S202 ′.
[0267] ステップ S202'において、制御部 303は、遠隔操作装置 2から無線設定情報を赤 外線受信部 301を介して受信したか否かを判定する。この処理において、無線設定 情報を受信したと判定すると (ステップ S202': YES)、受信した無線設定情報を不 揮発性メモリ 304に記憶すると共に、無線機能を ONにする(ステップ S203' )。すな わち、制御部 303は、無線部 306を動作させて、コンピュータ装置 4との無線通信を 可能な状態にする。その後、制御部 303は、無線部 306の動作が停止されるまでの 間、無線部 306を介してコンピュータ装置 4から画像データを受信すると、投影部 30 8を制御して受信した画像データに応じた画像をスクリーン (投影面)に投影すること になる。 [0267] In step S202 ', the control unit 303 determines whether or not the wireless setting information is received from the remote control device 2 via the infrared line receiving unit 301. If it is determined in this process that the wireless setting information has been received (step S202 ′: YES), the received wireless setting information is stored in the nonvolatile memory 304 and the wireless function is turned on (step S203 ′). In other words, the control unit 303 operates the wireless unit 306 to enable wireless communication with the computer device 4. Thereafter, when the control unit 303 receives image data from the computer device 4 via the wireless unit 306 until the operation of the wireless unit 306 is stopped, the control unit 303 controls the projection unit 308 according to the received image data. The projected image is projected onto the screen (projection plane).
[0268] 次に、制御部 303は、経過時間のカウントアップを開始する(ステップ S204' )。す なわち、制御部 303は、経過時間記憶領域の経過時間を所定時間(例えば、 1秒)毎 にインクリメントする処理を開始して、ステップ S205'の処理に移行する。  Next, the control unit 303 starts counting up the elapsed time (step S204 ′). That is, the control unit 303 starts a process of incrementing the elapsed time in the elapsed time storage area every predetermined time (for example, 1 second), and proceeds to the process of step S205 ′.
[0269] ステップ S205'にお!/、て、制御部 303は、経過時間記憶領域に記憶して!/、る経過 時間を取得する。その後、制御部 303は、無線部 306とコンピュータ装置 4との間で 無線接続中であるか否かを判定する(ステップ S206 ' )。この処理において、無線接 続中であると判定すると(ステップ S206 ': YES)、制御部 303は、経過時間記憶領 域に記憶している経過時間をリセットして、 0に戻す (ステップ S207' )。一方、無線接 続中ではないと判定すると(ステップ S206 ': NO)、制御部 303は、経過時間記憶領 域に記憶して!/、る経過時間が所定時間(例えば、 1時間)を越えたか否力、を判定する (ステップ S 208,)。  [0269] In step S205 ', the control unit 303 stores the elapsed time in the elapsed time storage area and acquires the elapsed time. Thereafter, the control unit 303 determines whether or not a wireless connection is being established between the wireless unit 306 and the computer apparatus 4 (step S206 ′). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless connection is being established (step S206 ′: YES), the control unit 303 resets the elapsed time stored in the elapsed time storage area and returns it to 0 (step S207 ′). ). On the other hand, if it is determined that the wireless connection is not in progress (step S206 ′: NO), the control unit 303 stores the time in the elapsed time storage area and the elapsed time exceeds a predetermined time (for example, 1 hour). It is determined whether or not the power is high (step S 208).
[0270] ステップ S208 'において、経過時間が所定時間を超えていないと判定すると(ステ ップ S208 ': NO)、制御部 303は、処理をステップ S204'に戻す。一方、経過時間 が所定時間を超えていると判定すると(ステップ S208 ': YES)、制御部 303は、無線 機能を OFFにする(ステップ S209' )。すなわち、制御部 303は、無線部 306の動作 を停止して、ステップ S210'の処理に移行する。  [0270] If it is determined in step S208 'that the elapsed time does not exceed the predetermined time (step S208': NO), the control unit 303 returns the process to step S204 '. On the other hand, if it is determined that the elapsed time exceeds the predetermined time (step S208 ′: YES), the control unit 303 turns off the wireless function (step S209 ′). That is, the control unit 303 stops the operation of the wireless unit 306 and proceeds to the process of step S210 ′.
[0271] ステップ S210'において、制御部 303は、不揮発性メモリ 304に記憶した無線設定 情報を破棄 (クリア)する。 [0272] ステップ S210'の処理が終了すると、制御部 303は、遠隔操作装置 2からシャットダ ゥンコマンドを受信したか否かを判断する(ステップ S211 ' )。制御部 303は、シャット ダウンコマンドを受信したと判定した場合には (ステップ S211 ': YES)、本処理を終 了する一方、シャットダウンコマンドを受信して!/、な!/、と判定した場合には (ステップ S 211 ': NO)、ステップ S200'力も繰り返し処理を実行することとなる。 In step S210 ′, the control unit 303 discards (clears) the wireless setting information stored in the nonvolatile memory 304. [0272] When the process of step S210 'ends, the control unit 303 determines whether or not a shutdown command has been received from the remote control device 2 (step S211'). If control unit 303 determines that a shutdown command has been received (step S211 ': YES), it terminates this process while receiving a shutdown command and determines that! /, NA! / (Step S211 ': NO), Step S200' will also repeat the process.
[0273] 以上のように、他の実施形態 [1]における画像投影装置 3'の制御部 303は、遠隔 操作装置 2から赤外線受信部 301を介して無線設定情報を受信すると、無線部 306 を動作状態にし、その後無線部 306を介してコンピュータ装置 4と無線通信中か否か を判定し、コンピュータ装置 4と無線通信中ではな!/、と判定した状態が一定状態継続 したとき、無線部 306を非動作状態にする。従って、所定期間以上コンピュータ装置 4と画像投影装置 3'との通信がないときには、一つのプレゼンテーションが終了した と判定すること力できるので、プレゼンテーション毎に喑号キーを変更することができ ることになる。  [0273] As described above, when the control unit 303 of the image projection device 3 'in the other embodiment [1] receives the wireless setting information from the remote operation device 2 via the infrared reception unit 301, the control unit 303 The wireless unit 306 determines whether it is in wireless communication with the computer device 4 via the wireless unit 306 and then determines that it is not in wireless communication with the computer device 4! /. Put 306 in a non-operating state. Therefore, when there is no communication between the computer device 4 and the image projection device 3 ′ for a predetermined period or longer, it can be determined that one presentation has been completed, so the key number can be changed for each presentation. Become.
[0274] なお、このように無線接続されていない時間の継続によって無線部 306を停止させ るようにした力 無線接続されていない状態にかかわらず無線部 306を動作させるよ うにしてもよい。例えば、ステップ S201 ' ,ステップ S204'〜ステップ S210 'の処理を せずに、ステップ S211 'のシャットダウンコマンドを受信した後に、無線設定情報の 破棄を行い(ステップ S210'と同様の処理)、さらに無線機能を OFF (ステップ S209 'と同様の処理)にする。  [0274] It should be noted that the wireless unit 306 may be operated regardless of the state in which the wireless unit 306 is not wirelessly connected as described above. For example, after receiving the shutdown command of step S211 ′ without performing the processing of step S201 ′ and step S204 ′ to step S210 ′, the wireless setting information is discarded (the same processing as step S210 ′), and further wirelessly. Set the function to OFF (same as step S209 ').
[0275] (コンピュータ装置 4について)  [0275] (Computer device 4)
他の実施形態 [1]におけるコンピュータ装置 4の構成については、図 12に示すコン ピュータ装置 4と同様の構成であるため、ここでは重複説明を省略する。  The configuration of the computer device 4 in the other embodiment [1] is the same as the configuration of the computer device 4 shown in FIG.
[0276] ここで、他の実施形態 [1]のコンピュータ装置 4における無線情報設定の基本的な 動作の一例について説明する。図 25は、コンピュータ装置 4における無線情報設定 の動作を示すフローチャートであり、コンピュータ装置 4の制御部である CPU405に よって制御されるものである。  [0276] Here, an example of a basic operation of setting wireless information in the computer apparatus 4 of the other embodiment [1] will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the wireless information setting operation in the computer apparatus 4, and is controlled by the CPU 405 that is a control unit of the computer apparatus 4.
[0277] 図 25に示すように、コンピュータ装置 4の CPU405は、無線デバイス 1 'が接続され たか否かを判定する(ステップ S300)。無線デバイス 1 'が接続されたか否かの判定 は、 USBコネクタ 401に USBデバイスが接続されたか否かを判定し、さらに USBデ バイスが接続されたときに、この USBデバイスが特定の識別情報を有しているかによ つて判定する。 [0277] As shown in FIG. 25, the CPU 405 of the computer apparatus 4 determines whether or not the wireless device 1 'is connected (step S300). Determining whether wireless device 1 'is connected Determines whether or not a USB device is connected to the USB connector 401, and when the USB device is further connected, determines whether or not the USB device has specific identification information.
[0278] この処理において、無線デバイス 1 'が揷入されたと判定すると(ステップ S300 :YE S)、 CPU405は、オートラン動作の処理を開始する(ステップ S301)。このオートラン 動作処理は、上述した図 14における S220〜S227と同様の処理が実行される。一 方、無線デバイス 1 'が揷入されないと(ステップ S300 : NO)、ステップ S300の処理 を繰り返し実効する。  [0278] In this process, when it is determined that the wireless device 1 'has been inserted (step S300: YES), the CPU 405 starts an autorun operation process (step S301). This auto-run operation process is performed in the same manner as S220 to S227 in FIG. 14 described above. On the other hand, if the wireless device 1 ′ is not inserted (step S300: NO), the process of step S300 is executed repeatedly.
[0279] オートラン動作処理が終了すると、 CPU405は、画像転送アプリケーションが正常 に起動しているか否かを判定する(ステップ S302)。この処理において、 CPU405は 、画像転送アプリケーションが正常に起動していると判定する(ステップ S302 : YES) と、処理をステップ S303に移 fiする。以下、ステップ S303〜S309までの動作は、 C PU405が画像転送アプリケーションに従って動作することによって画像送信手段等 として機倉することによって実 fiされる。  [0279] When the auto-run operation process ends, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the image transfer application is normally activated (step S302). In this process, if the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer application is normally activated (step S302: YES), the process proceeds to step S303. Hereinafter, the operations from Steps S303 to S309 are realized by the CPU 405 operating as an image transmission application by operating according to the image transfer application.
[0280] ステップ S303において、 CPU405は、 USBコネクタ 401を介して無線デバイス 1, の画像転送中ランプ 151の点灯要求を行う。この点灯要求を受けると無線デバイス 1 'の CPU101は画像転送中ランプ 151を点灯する。  [0280] In step S303, the CPU 405 requests the lighting of the image transfer in progress lamp 151 of the wireless device 1 via the USB connector 401. Upon receiving this lighting request, the CPU 101 of the wireless device 1 ′ lights the image transfer lamp 151.
[0281] 次に、 CPU405は、コンピュータ装置 4の表示部である LCD403に表示している画 面(以下、「表示画面」とする。)に応じた画像データを画像投影装置 3'に送信を開 始する(ステップ S304)。この処理は、 CPU405力 表示画像のデータを USBコネク タ 401を介して無線デバイス 1 'へ送信し、この無線デバイス 1 '力も無線通信によって 画像投影装置 3'へ送信されるものであり、このように送信された表示画像データを画 像投影装置 3'が受信すると、この表示画像データに基づいた画像をスクリーンに投 景することになる。  Next, the CPU 405 transmits image data corresponding to the screen (hereinafter referred to as “display screen”) displayed on the LCD 403 that is the display unit of the computer apparatus 4 to the image projection apparatus 3 ′. Start (step S304). In this process, the CPU 405 power display image data is transmitted to the wireless device 1 ′ via the USB connector 401, and this wireless device 1 ′ force is also transmitted to the image projection device 3 ′ by wireless communication. When the image projection device 3 ′ receives the display image data transmitted to the screen, an image based on the display image data is projected on the screen.
[0282] このように表示画像のデータを送信している状態で、 CPU405は、タイムアウト処理 を fiう(ステップ S305)。このタイムアウト処理は、図 26における S330〜S334の処 理であり、後述する。  [0282] With the display image data being transmitted in this manner, the CPU 405 performs a timeout process (step S305). This timeout process is the process of S330 to S334 in FIG. 26 and will be described later.
[0283] このタイムアウト処理が終了すると、 CPU405は、有効時間を経過したか否かを判 定する(ステップ S306)。この判定は、後述のステップ S331において有効時間を経 過したとの判定と有効時間を経過してレ、な!/、との判定の!/、ずれであつたかの判定で ある。 [0283] When this timeout process is completed, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the valid time has elapsed. (Step S306). This determination is a determination that the effective time has passed in step S331, which will be described later, and a determination that the effective time has passed and that the determination is “!
[0284] この処理にお!/、て、有効時間を経過して!/、な!/、と判定したとき(ステップ S 306: NO )、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1 'がコンピュータ装置 4から抜かれたか否かを判定す る(ステップ S307)。この処理において、無線デバイス 1 '力 Sコンピュータ装置 4から抜 かれたと判定すると(ステップ S307 :YES)、 CPU405は、エラーメッセージを LCD4 03に表示して (ステップ S308)、画像転送アプリケーションの実行を終了する(ステツ プ S309)。一方、無線デバイス 1 'がコンピュータ装置 4から抜かれていないと判定す ると(ステップ S307 : NO)、 CPU405は、処理をステップ S305へ移行する。  [0284] In this process, when it is determined that the valid time has passed! /, NA! / (Step S306: NO), the CPU 405 removes the wireless device 1 'from the computer apparatus 4. It is determined whether or not (step S307). In this process, if it is determined that the wireless device 1 is removed from the computer device 4 (step S307: YES), the CPU 405 displays an error message on the LCD 403 (step S308) and terminates the execution of the image transfer application. (Step S309). On the other hand, when it is determined that the wireless device 1 ′ has not been removed from the computer apparatus 4 (step S307: NO), the CPU 405 moves the process to step S305.
[0285] ステップ S302において、画像転送アプリケーションが正常に動作していないとき( ステップ S302 : NO)、ステップ S306において有効時間を経過したと判定したとき(ス テツプ S306 :YES)、ステップ S309の処理の処理が終了したとき、 CPU405は、本 処理を終了する。  [0285] When the image transfer application is not operating normally in step S302 (step S302: NO), or when it is determined in step S306 that the valid time has passed (step S306: YES), the process of step S309 is executed. When the process ends, the CPU 405 ends this process.
[0286] 次に、ステップ S305におけるタイムアウト処理について、図 26を参照して説明する 。図 26はコンピュータ装置 4におけるタイムアウト処理のフローチャートである。  [0286] Next, the timeout process in step S305 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 26 is a flowchart of timeout processing in the computer apparatus 4.
[0287] このタイムアウト処理において、 CPU405は、まず画像投影装置 3'に対して時刻情 報 (現時刻の情報)を要求し、この要求に対して画像投影装置 3'から送信される時刻 情報を取得して(ステップ S330)、処理をステップ S331へ移行する。なお、上述のよ うに遠隔操作装置 2の現時刻情報と画像投影装置 3'の現時刻情報とは同期が取れ ている。  [0287] In this timeout process, the CPU 405 first requests time information (current time information) from the image projection device 3 ', and in response to this request, the CPU 405 uses the time information transmitted from the image projection device 3'. (Step S330), and the process proceeds to step S331. As described above, the current time information of the remote control device 2 and the current time information of the image projection device 3 ′ are synchronized.
[0288] ステップ S331において、 CPU405は、有効時間が経過したか否かを判定する。有 効時間が経過したか否かの判定は、画像投影装置 3'から取得した時刻情報と無線 デバイス 1 'から読み込んだ無線設定情報とに基づいて行う。すなわち、有効時間が 経過したか否かの判定を、画像投影装置 3 'から取得した現時刻が無線デバイス 1 ' 力、ら読み込んだ無線設定情報に含まれる有効時間よりも遅い時間であるか否かによ り判定する。  [0288] In step S331, the CPU 405 determines whether or not the valid time has elapsed. Whether or not the valid time has elapsed is determined based on the time information acquired from the image projection device 3 ′ and the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1 ′. In other words, it is determined whether or not the valid time has elapsed, whether or not the current time acquired from the image projection device 3 ′ is later than the valid time included in the wireless setting information read from the wireless device 1 ′. Judgment by
[0289] この処理において、有効時間を経過したと判定すると(ステップ S331: YES)、 CP U405は、タイムアウトメッセージを LCD403に表示して(ステップ S332)、画像投影 装置 3'との無線接続を切断する (ステップ S333)。画像投影装置 3'との無線接続の 切断は、無線デバイス 1 'に対して、 CPU405が、画像投影装置 3'との無線接続の 切断の要求を送信し、無線デバイス 1 'がこの要求に応じることによって行われる。無 線接続の切断を終了すると、 CPU405は、画像転送アプリケーションの実行を終了 する(ステップ S334)。 [0289] In this process, if it is determined that the valid time has passed (step S331: YES), CP The U405 displays a timeout message on the LCD 403 (step S332), and disconnects the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 ′ (step S333). For disconnection of the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 ′, the CPU 405 transmits a request for disconnection of the wireless connection with the image projection apparatus 3 ′ to the wireless device 1 ′, and the wireless device 1 ′ responds to this request. Is done by. When the disconnection of the wireless connection is completed, the CPU 405 ends the execution of the image transfer application (step S334).
[0290] また、有効時間が経過していない場合であっても、 CPU405は、有効時間まで所 定時間 (例えば、 5分)を切ったと判定すると、有効時間を経過する前に有効時間を 延長するように、 LCD403に有効時間が迫っている旨の表示を行う。この LCD403 への表示に代えて或いは共に、 CPU405は、有効時間が迫っている旨の情報を無 線デバイス 1 'を介して画像投影装置 3'に送信し、画像投影装置 3'から投影する画 像に、有効時間が迫っている旨の情報をスーパーンポーズさせるようにしてもよい。  [0290] Even if the valid time has not elapsed, if the CPU 405 determines that the predetermined time (for example, 5 minutes) has passed before the valid time, the valid time is extended before the valid time elapses. As shown, the LCD 403 displays that the effective time is approaching. Instead of or together with the display on the LCD 403, the CPU 405 transmits information indicating that the effective time is approaching to the image projection apparatus 3 ′ via the wireless device 1 ′, and the image projected from the image projection apparatus 3 ′. Information indicating that the effective time is approaching may be superposed on the image.
[0291] ステップ S331において、有効時間を経過していないと判定したとき(ステップ S331  [0291] When it is determined in step S331 that the valid time has not elapsed (step S331)
: NO)、或いはステップ S334の処理が終了したとき、 CPU405はタイムアウト処理を 終了する。  : NO) Or, when the process of step S334 is completed, the CPU 405 ends the timeout process.
[0292] 以上のように他の実施形態 [1]の画像投影システム S 'では、無線デバイス 1 'は、無 線部 306を有し、無線部 306で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像 投影装置 3'に、画像データを無線通信により送信するコンピュータ装置 4の無線部と して機能するものである。この無線デバイス 1 'には、画像投影装置 3'及びコンビユー タ装置 4のいずれにも接続可能な USBコネクタ 105と、画像投影装置 3'に USBコネ クタ 105を接続したときに、画像投影装置 3'から無線設定情報(無線通信の設定情 報)を書き込み可能であり、かつコンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を接続したと きに、画像投影装置 3'から書き込まれた無線設定情報をコンピュータ装置 4により読 み出し可能なフラッシュメモリ 104と、コンピュータ装置 4に USBコネクタ 105を接続し たときに、画像投影装置 3'から書き込まれた無線設定情報に基づいた設定により画 像投影装置 3'の無線部 306と通信を行う無線通信部 107とを備えたので、画像投影 装置 3'によって設定された無線設定情報に基づいて、画像投影装置 3'とコンビユー タ装置 4との間の通信を行うことができ、機密性の高い無線デバイス 1 '或いは画像投 影システム s'を提供することが可能となる。 [0292] As described above, in the image projection system S 'of the other embodiment [1], the wireless device 1' has the wireless unit 306 and displays an image corresponding to the image data received by the wireless unit 306. The image to be projected functions as a wireless unit of the computer device 4 that transmits image data to the projection device 3 ′ by wireless communication. The wireless device 1 ′ has a USB connector 105 that can be connected to either the image projection device 3 ′ or the computer device 4, and the image projection device 3, when the USB connector 105 is connected to the image projection device 3 ′. The wireless setting information (wireless communication setting information) can be written from “,” and the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 ′ when the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4 is stored in the computer device 4 When the USB connector 105 is connected to the computer device 4 and the flash memory 104 that can be read out by the wireless communication device 104, the wireless communication of the image projection device 3 ′ is performed based on the wireless setting information written from the image projection device 3 ′. Since the wireless communication unit 107 that communicates with the unit 306 is provided, communication between the image projection device 3 ′ and the computer device 4 is performed based on the wireless setting information set by the image projection device 3 ′. A highly sensitive wireless device that can be It is possible to provide a shadow system s'.
[0293] (画像投影システム S 'の他の実施形態 [2])  [0293] (Another embodiment of image projection system S '[2])
上記実施形態にお!/、ては、遠隔操作装置 2から無線デバイス 1 'への無線設定情 報の書き込みを USBコネクタ 105, 201を介して行う例について説明した力 ここで は、画像投影システム S 'の他の実施形態 [2]として、遠隔操作装置 2'から無線デバィ ス 1,,へ無線設定情報の書き込みをワイヤレス信号を送受信するワイヤレス通信によ り行う実施形態を説明する。ここでは、ワイヤレス通信の一例として、赤外線信号を送 受信する赤外線通信について説明する。また、上記実施形態においては、遠隔操作 装置 2に無線デバイス 1 ' 'が接続されたとき或いは遠隔操作装置 2の起動制御ボタン 231が操作されたときに、遠隔操作装置 2において無線設定情報の更新する設定の ときの動作について説明した力 ここでは、更新ボタン 232が操作されたときに無線 設定情報を更新するように設定されているときの動作について説明する。  In the above embodiment, the force described for the example in which the wireless setting information is written from the remote control device 2 to the wireless device 1 ′ via the USB connectors 105 and 201. Here, the image projection system As another embodiment [2] of S ′, an embodiment will be described in which the wireless setting information is written from the remote control device 2 ′ to the wireless device 1, by wireless communication that transmits and receives wireless signals. Here, infrared communication for transmitting and receiving infrared signals will be described as an example of wireless communication. Further, in the above embodiment, when the wireless device 1 ′ ′ is connected to the remote operation device 2 or when the start control button 231 of the remote operation device 2 is operated, the wireless operation device 2 updates the wireless setting information. Described here is the operation when the setting is made to update the wireless setting information when the update button 232 is operated.
[0294] ここでは、無線デバイス 1 ' 'は、図 27に示すように、赤外線受信部 113 (ワイヤレス 受信部の一例に相当)を設けた無線デバイスとする。赤外線受信部 113は、遠隔操 作装置 2から送信された赤外線信号を受信する赤外線受光部 114と、この赤外線受 光部 114によって受信した赤外線信号を CPU101に通知する赤外線制御部 115と を有している。無線デバイス 1 ' 'は、上述のように赤外線受信部 113を設けており、遠 隔操作装置 2から送信される赤外線信号の情報を赤外線受信部 113で受信し、コン ピュータ装置 4に通知するように動作する。赤外線受光部 114としては、赤外線 LED などが用いられる。なお、 ROM103に格納した制御プログラムが一部異なる以外は 、無線デバイス 1の構成と異なることがないため、説明を省略する。また、遠隔操作装 置 2'についても、 2次記憶装置 211に記憶した制御プログラムが一部異なる以外は、 遠隔操作装置 2の構成と異なることがないため、その構成の説明は省略する。  Here, as shown in FIG. 27, the wireless device 1 ′ ′ is a wireless device provided with an infrared receiving unit 113 (corresponding to an example of a wireless receiving unit). The infrared receiving unit 113 includes an infrared receiving unit 114 that receives an infrared signal transmitted from the remote control device 2, and an infrared control unit 115 that notifies the CPU 101 of the infrared signal received by the infrared receiving unit 114. ing. As described above, the wireless device 1 ′ has the infrared receiving unit 113 so that the infrared signal transmitted from the remote control device 2 is received by the infrared receiving unit 113 and notified to the computer device 4. To work. An infrared LED or the like is used as the infrared light receiving unit 114. Since the configuration of the wireless device 1 is not different except that the control program stored in the ROM 103 is partially different, the description thereof is omitted. Further, the remote operation device 2 ′ is not different from the configuration of the remote operation device 2 except that the control program stored in the secondary storage device 211 is partially different, and therefore the description of the configuration is omitted.
[0295] まず、遠隔操作装置 2'の動作について図面を参照して具体的に説明する。図 28 は、遠隔操作装置 2'の動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。  First, the operation of the remote control device 2 ′ will be specifically described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the remote control device 2 ′.
[0296] 図 28に示すように、まず遠隔操作装置 2'の CPU210は、 ID発行コマンドが検出さ れたか否かを判定する(ステップ S140' )。ここで、 ID発行コマンドが検出されたか否 力、は、 CPU210が更新ボタン 232 (図 17参照)を検出したか否かによって判定する。 [0297] ステップ S140'において、 ID発行コマンドを検出すると、 CPU210は、無線設定情 報の更新を行う(ステップ S141 ' )。この処理は、図 20のフローチャートに示す処理と 同様の処理である。 As shown in FIG. 28, first, the CPU 210 of the remote control device 2 ′ determines whether or not an ID issue command is detected (step S140 ′). Here, whether or not the ID issue command has been detected is determined by whether or not the CPU 210 has detected the update button 232 (see FIG. 17). [0297] In step S140 ', when the ID issue command is detected, the CPU 210 updates the wireless setting information (step S141'). This process is the same as the process shown in the flowchart of FIG.
[0298] 次に、 CPU210は、表示部 207を制御して ID発行許可数の設定を促すための表 示を行う。利用者は、この表示部 207の表示に従い、左右矢印キー 234, 235や決 定キー 236などを操作して、 ID発行許可数の設定を行う。この ID発行許可数の設定 は、 CPU210によって 2次記憶装置 211の所定領域に記憶される(ステップ S142 ' ) 。このように、 CPU210は、同一の無線設定情報をデバイスに書き込むことができる 書き込み回数を設定する書き込み回数設定部として機能する。  Next, the CPU 210 controls the display unit 207 to perform a display for prompting the setting of the ID issuance permission number. The user operates the left and right arrow keys 234 and 235 and the decision key 236 according to the display on the display unit 207 to set the ID issuance permission number. The setting of the ID issuance permission number is stored in a predetermined area of the secondary storage device 211 by the CPU 210 (step S142 ′). Thus, the CPU 210 functions as a write count setting unit that sets the number of writes that can write the same wireless setting information to the device.
[0299] 次に、 CPU210は、操作部 108に配置された無線情報設定ボタン 239が検出され たか否かを判定する(ステップ S143' )。無線情報設定ボタン 239の検出は、利用者 による無線情報設定ボタン 239の操作が行われたか否かを CPU210によって判定 することによって fiう。  Next, CPU 210 determines whether or not wireless information setting button 239 arranged on operation unit 108 has been detected (step S143 ′). The wireless information setting button 239 is detected by determining whether or not the user has operated the wireless information setting button 239 by the CPU 210.
[0300] この処理にお!/、て、無線情報設定ボタン 239が検出されたと判定すると(ステップ S 143': YES)、 CPU210は、同一の無線設定情報の発行済みの数を更新する(ステ ップ S 144' )。すなわち、 CPU210は、同一の無線設定情報発行済みの数を 1っィ ンクリメントする。この発行済みの数は、ステップ S142'の処理時に初期化されて" 0" に設定される。一方、無線情報設定ボタン 239が検出されないと(ステップ S 143': N O)、ステップ S 143'の処理を繰り返し実効する。  [0300] If it is determined in this process that the wireless information setting button 239 has been detected (step S143 ': YES), the CPU 210 updates the number of issued same wireless setting information (step S143'). S144 '). That is, the CPU 210 increments the number of the same wireless setting information issued. This issued number is initialized and set to “0” during the process of step S142 ′. On the other hand, if the wireless information setting button 239 is not detected (step S 143 ′: NO), the process of step S 143 ′ is repeatedly executed.
[0301] 次に、 CPU210は、無線設定情報の発行済みの数がステップ S 142'で設定された 発行許可数を超えてレ、るか否かを判定する(ステップ S 145' )。この処理にお!/、て、 無線設定情報の発行済みの数が発行許可数を超えて!/、な!/、と判定すると (ステップ S 145': NO)、 CPU210は、 2次記憶装置 211に記憶されている無線設定情報を取 り出し、この無線設定情報を無線デバイス 1 ' 'に対して赤外線送信部 203から赤外 線信号として送信する(ステップ S 146 ' )。このように CPU210は、 2次記憶装置 211 に設定された発行許可数 (書き込み回数)を超えて書き込まれるまでは、無線設定情 報の更新を行わずない。一方、発行済みの ID数が ID発行許可数を超えていると判 定すると(ステップ S 145': YES)、 CPU210は、 CPU210は、 2次記憶装置 211に 記憶されて!/、る無線設定情報を破棄(クリア)して (ステップ S147' )、無線デバイス 1 ' 'に対して、無線設定情報の送信が発行許可数になった旨の情報である設定許可 数超えの通知を送信する(ステップ S 148 ' )。なお、ステップ S 146 '〜S148 'の送信 は、 CPU210がこれらの情報を赤外線送信部 203から赤外線信号として送信するこ とによって行う。 Next, CPU 210 determines whether or not the number of issued wireless setting information exceeds the issuance permission number set in step S 142 ′ (step S 145 ′). In this process, if it is determined that the number of issued wireless setting information exceeds the permitted number of issuances! /, NA! / (Step S 145 ′: NO), the CPU 210 performs secondary storage. The wireless setting information stored in 211 is taken out, and this wireless setting information is transmitted as an infrared ray signal from the infrared transmitter 203 to the wireless device 1 ′ ′ (step S146 ′). As described above, the CPU 210 does not update the wireless setting information until the number of issuances permitted (number of writings) set in the secondary storage device 211 is exceeded. On the other hand, if it is determined that the number of issued IDs exceeds the number of IDs permitted to be issued (step S 145 ′: YES), the CPU 210 stores the CPU 210 in the secondary storage device 211. The stored wireless setting information is discarded (cleared) (step S147 '), and the setting is information indicating that the wireless device 1''has reached the permitted number of issued wireless setting information. A notification exceeding the permitted number is transmitted (step S 148 ′). Note that the transmission of steps S 146 ′ to S 148 ′ is performed by the CPU 210 transmitting these pieces of information as infrared signals from the infrared transmission unit 203.
[0302] このように、遠隔操作装置 2,は、設定された発行許可数を超えるまでは、無線情報 設定ボタン 239を操作する毎に無線設定情報の送信を行うようにしているため、無線 デバイス 1 ' 'を接続した複数のコンピュータ装置 4に対して、それぞれ無線設定情報 を書き込むことができる。  [0302] As described above, the remote control device 2 transmits the wireless setting information every time the wireless information setting button 239 is operated until the set number of issuance permission is exceeded. Wireless setting information can be written to each of a plurality of computer devices 4 connected with 1 ''.
[0303] 次に、無線デバイス 1 ' 'を接続したコンピュータ装置 4'の動作について図面を参照 して具体的に説明する。図 29は、コンピュータ装置 4'の動作の一例を示すフローチ ヤートである。なお、図 29におけるステップ S340〜S349の処理は、図 25におけるス テツプ S300〜S309の処理と同等であるため、 S350〜S354についてのみ説明す る。なお、ステップ S342において、画像転送アプリケーションが正常に起動している か否かは、無線設定情報が設定されて、画像転送アプリケーションによって画像投影 装置 3'に対して画像データが転送することができる状態になっているか否かで判断 する。  Next, the operation of the computer apparatus 4 ′ to which the wireless device 1 ′ ′ is connected will be specifically described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing an example of the operation of the computer apparatus 4 ′. Note that the processing in steps S340 to S349 in FIG. 29 is the same as the processing in steps S300 to S309 in FIG. 25, so only S350 to S354 will be described. In step S342, whether or not the image transfer application has started normally is determined based on whether wireless setting information is set and image data can be transferred to the image projection apparatus 3 ′ by the image transfer application. Judge by whether or not.
[0304] ステップ S342において、 CPU405は、画像転送アプリケーションが正常に起動し て!/、な!/、と判定する(ステップ S342: NO)と、遠隔操作装置 2からの赤外線信号が無 線デバイス 1の赤外線受信部 113により受信されたか否かを判定する (ステップ S35 0)。  [0304] In step S342, if the CPU 405 determines that the image transfer application has started normally! /, N! / (Step S342: NO), the infrared signal from the remote control device 2 is a wireless device 1. It is determined whether or not it has been received by the infrared receiving unit 113 (step S35 0).
[0305] この処理において、赤外線信号を受信したと判定すると(ステップ S350 : YES)、 C PU405は、その赤外線信号が無線設定情報であるか否かを判定する(ステップ S35 D oこのとき、赤外線信号が無線設定情報であると判定されると (ステップ S351 :YE S)、 CPU405は、無線デバイス 1の無線設定情報を更新する(ステップ S354)。すな わち、ステップ S 351で受信した無線設定情報に基づ!/、て無線デバイス 1を動作させ るのである。一方、赤外線信号が無線設定情報ではないと判定されると (ステップ S3 51 : NO)、 CPU405は、ステップ S350で受信した赤外線信号が設定許可数超えの 通知であるか否かを判定する(ステップ S352)。 [0305] If it is determined in this process that an infrared signal has been received (step S350: YES), the CPU 405 determines whether the infrared signal is wireless setting information (step S35 Do) If it is determined that the signal is wireless setting information (step S351: YES), the CPU 405 updates the wireless setting information of wireless device 1 (step S354), that is, the wireless signal received in step S351. Based on the setting information, it operates the wireless device 1. On the other hand, if it is determined that the infrared signal is not the wireless setting information (step S3 51: NO), the CPU 405 receives it in step S350. Infrared signal exceeds the set number. It is determined whether it is a notification (step S352).
[0306] ステップ S352において、設定許可数超えの通知であると判定すると(ステップ S35 2 :YES)、 CPU405は、無線通信設定ができない旨のエラーメッセージを表示する( ステップ S353)。 [0306] If it is determined in step S352 that the setting permission number has been exceeded (step S352: YES), the CPU 405 displays an error message indicating that wireless communication cannot be set (step S353).
[0307] ステップ S353, S354の処理が終了したとき、ステップ S350において赤外線信号 を受信してレヽなレ、と判定したとき(ステップ S350: NO)、ステップ S351にお!/、て赤外 線信号が無線設定情報であると判定したとき(ステップ S351: YES)、ステップ S352 にお!/、て設定許可数超えの通知ではな!/、と判定したとき(ステップ S352: NO)、 CP U405 (ま、処理をステップ S342(こ移 fiする。  [0307] When the processing of Steps S353 and S354 is completed, when an infrared signal is received in Step S350 and it is determined that the signal is incorrect (Step S350: NO), the infrared signal is sent to Step S351! When it is determined that is wireless setting information (step S351: YES), when it is determined in step S352 that it is not a notification that the number of permitted settings has been exceeded! / (Step S352: NO), CP U405 ( Also, the process proceeds to step S342.
[0308] 以上、本発明の実施の形態のうちのいくつかを図面に基づいて詳細に説明したが 、これらは例示であり、当業者の知識に基づいて種々の変形、改良を施した他の形 態で本発明を実施することが可能である。  [0308] Although some of the embodiments of the present invention have been described in detail with reference to the drawings, these are examples, and other modifications and improvements have been made based on the knowledge of those skilled in the art. It is possible to carry out the present invention in the form.
[0309] 例えば、無線デバイスと画像投影装置及びコンピュータ装置との間を USB規格に 基づく通信で説明したが、これに限られず、他の通信規格により通信を行うようにして あよい。  For example, the communication based on the USB standard has been described between the wireless device, the image projection apparatus, and the computer apparatus, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the communication may be performed based on another communication standard.
[0310] また、無線デバイスは、無線通信部を設けることとしている力 コンピュータ装置の 無線部を用いるようにすることもでき、このようにする場合には、無線デバイスから無 線通信部の機能を削除したデバイスを用いることができる。  [0310] In addition, the wireless device can use a wireless unit of a force computer device provided with a wireless communication unit. In this case, the wireless device can function as a wireless communication unit. The deleted device can be used.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 外部のコンピュータ装置から無線通信により送信される画像データを受信する無線 部を有し、前記画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、この画像投影 装置の動作を遠隔制御する遠隔操作装置と、前記画像投影装置又は前記遠隔操作 装置と前記コンピュータ装置とに通信接続可能な無線デバイスを含むデバイスとを備 えた画像投影システムにおレ、て、  [1] An image projection device that has a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication, projects an image according to the image data, and remotely controls the operation of the image projection device An image projection system comprising a remote operation device and a device including a wireless device communicably connected to the image projection device or the remote operation device and the computer device,
前記画像投影装置又は遠隔操作装置は、  The image projection device or remote control device is
前記画像投影装置と前記コンピュータ装置間の無線通信に必要な無線設定情報 を生成する手段と、  Means for generating wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device and the computer device;
前記無線設定情報を前記デバイスに書き込む手段と、を有し、  Means for writing the wireless setting information to the device,
前記デバイスは、  The device is
前記画像投影装置又は前記遠隔操作装置によって書き込まれた前記無線設定情 報を前記コンピュータ装置へ出力する手段を有する  Means for outputting the wireless setting information written by the image projection device or the remote control device to the computer device;
ことを特徴とする画像投影システム。  An image projection system characterized by that.
[2] 無線部を有し、前記無線部で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像 投影装置と、前記画像投影装置に前記画像データを送信するコンピュータ装置と、 前記コンピュータ装置の無線部として機能する無線デバイスとを備えた画像投影シス テムにおいて、  [2] An image projection device that has a wireless unit and projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit, a computer device that transmits the image data to the image projection device, and a wireless device of the computer device In an image projection system comprising a wireless device that functions as a
前記無線デバイスは、  The wireless device is
前記画像投影装置及び前記コンピュータ装置のいずれにも接続可能なコネクタと、 前記画像投影装置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から前記 無線通信の設定情報を書き込み可能であり、かつ前記コンピュータ装置に前記コネ クタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から書き込まれた前記無線通信の設定情 報を前記コンピュータ装置により読み出し可能な無線設定情報記憶部と、  A connector connectable to both the image projection device and the computer device; and the wireless communication setting information can be written from the image projection device when the connector is connected to the image projection device; and A wireless setting information storage unit capable of reading the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device by the computer device when the connector is connected to the computer device;
前記コンピュータ装置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から書 き込まれた前記無線通信の設定情報に基づいた設定により前記画像投影装置の無 線部と通信を行う無線通信部と、  A wireless communication unit that communicates with a wireless unit of the image projection device according to settings based on the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device when the connector is connected to the computer device;
を備えたことを特徴とする画像投影システム。 An image projection system comprising:
[3] 無線部を有し、前記無線部で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像 投影装置に、前記画像データを無線通信により送信するコンピュータ装置の無線部 として機能する無線デバイスであって、 [3] A wireless device that has a wireless unit and functions as a wireless unit of a computer device that wirelessly transmits the image data to an image projection device that projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit. There,
前記画像投影装置及び前記コンピュータ装置のいずれにも接続可能なコネクタと、 前記画像投影装置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から前記 無線通信の設定情報を書き込み可能であり、かつ前記コンピュータ装置に前記コネ クタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から書き込まれた前記無線通信の設定情 報を前記コンピュータ装置により読み出し可能な無線設定情報記憶部と、  A connector connectable to both the image projection device and the computer device; and the wireless communication setting information can be written from the image projection device when the connector is connected to the image projection device; and A wireless setting information storage unit capable of reading the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device by the computer device when the connector is connected to the computer device;
前記コンピュータ装置に前記コネクタを接続したときに、前記画像投影装置から書 き込まれた前記無線通信の設定情報に基づいた設定により前記画像投影装置の無 線部と通信を行う無線通信部と、  A wireless communication unit that communicates with a wireless unit of the image projection device according to settings based on the wireless communication setting information written from the image projection device when the connector is connected to the computer device;
を備えたことを特徴とする無線デバイス。  A wireless device comprising:
[4] 前記画像投影装置に画像データを前記無線通信部を介して送信する画像送信手 段として前記コンピュータ装置を機能させるプログラムを格納するプログラム格納部を 備えたことを特徴とする請求項 3に記載の無線デバイス。 4. The apparatus according to claim 3, further comprising: a program storage unit that stores a program that causes the computer device to function as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit. The described wireless device.
[5] 前記画像投影装置への前記画像データの送信動作の停止を指示する画像送信停 止操作部を備え、 [5] An image transmission stop operation unit that instructs to stop the transmission operation of the image data to the image projection device,
前記画像送信手段は、前記画像送信停止操作部が操作されたとき、前記画像投 影装置に特定画像を投影させるための要求を前記無線通信部を介して前記画像投 影装置へ送信することを特徴とする請求項 4に記載の無線デバイス。  When the image transmission stop operation unit is operated, the image transmission unit transmits a request for causing the image projection device to project a specific image to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit. The wireless device according to claim 4, wherein:
[6] 前記無線通信の設定情報には、前記無線通信部を機能させる有効時間を含むこと を特徴とする請求項 3に記載の無線デバイス。  6. The wireless device according to claim 3, wherein the wireless communication setting information includes an effective time for causing the wireless communication unit to function.
[7] 前記無線設定情報記憶部に記憶された前記有効時間を延長する有効時間延長手 段を設けたことを特徴とする請求項 6に記載の無線デバイス。  7. The wireless device according to claim 6, further comprising an effective time extending means for extending the effective time stored in the wireless setting information storage unit.
[8] 前記画像送信手段は、  [8] The image transmission means includes
前記画像投影装置力 送信される時間情報と前記無線設定情報記憶部に記憶さ れた前記有効時間とに基づき、前記有効時間が経過したと判定すると、前記無線通 信部の機能を停止することを特徴とする請求項 6に記載の無線デバイス。 When it is determined that the effective time has passed based on the time information transmitted to the image projection apparatus and the effective time stored in the wireless setting information storage unit, the function of the wireless communication unit is stopped. The wireless device according to claim 6.
[9] 無線部を有し、前記無線部で受信される画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像 投影装置と、前記画像投影装置に前記画像データを送信するコンピュータ装置と、 前記コンピュータ装置の無線部として機能する無線デバイスとを備えた画像投影シス テムにおける前記画像投影装置において、 [9] An image projection device that has a wireless unit and projects an image according to image data received by the wireless unit, a computer device that transmits the image data to the image projection device, and a wireless device of the computer device In the image projection apparatus in an image projection system comprising a wireless device that functions as a unit,
前記画像投影装置は、  The image projector is
前記無線デバイスのコネクタを接続可能な接続部と、  A connection part to which a connector of the wireless device can be connected;
前記無線デバイスが前記接続部に接続されたとき、前記無線通信の設定情報を前 記無線デバイスの無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む制御部と、  A control unit that writes the setting information of the wireless communication in the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device when the wireless device is connected to the connection unit;
を備えたことを特徴とする画像投影装置。  An image projection apparatus comprising:
[10] 前記制御部は、 [10] The control unit includes:
前記無線デバイスが前記接続部に接続されたとき、前記無線部の動作を所定期間 停止する  When the wireless device is connected to the connection unit, the operation of the wireless unit is stopped for a predetermined period.
ことを特徴とする請求項 9に記載の画像投影装置。  The image projector according to claim 9, wherein:
[11] 前記制御部は、 [11] The control unit includes:
当該画像投影装置の電源が ONとなったときに、前記無線デバイスが前記接続部 に接続されてレ、るときは、前記無線通信の設定情報を前記無線デバイスの無線設定 情報記憶部に書き込む  When the wireless device is connected to the connection unit when the power of the image projection apparatus is turned on, the wireless communication setting information is written in the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device.
ことを特徴とする請求項 9に記載の画像投影装置。  The image projector according to claim 9, wherein:
[12] 前記無線デバイスの無線設定情報記憶部に対して前記無線通信の設定情報の書 き込み動作を指示する書き込み指示操作部を備え、 [12] The wireless device includes a write instruction operation unit for instructing a wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device to write the wireless communication setting information.
前記制御部は、  The controller is
前記書き込み指示操作部が操作されたとき、前記無線通信の設定情報を前記無 線デバイスの前記無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む  When the write instruction operation unit is operated, the wireless communication setting information is written to the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device.
ことを特徴とする請求項 9に記載の画像投影装置。  The image projector according to claim 9, wherein:
[13] 前記制御部は、 [13] The control unit includes:
前記無線デバイスの識別情報が特定の識別情報でな!/、と判定すると、前記無線デ バイスの設定情報記憶部へ前記無線通信の設定情報の書き込みを行わない ことを特徴とする請求項 9に記載の画像投影装置。 10. The wireless communication setting information is not written to the wireless device setting information storage unit when it is determined that the identification information of the wireless device is not specific identification information! / The image projection apparatus described.
[14] 前記無線通信の設定情報には、前記無線通信における暗号キーを含み、 前記無線通信の設定情報を前記無線デバイスの無線設定情報記憶部に書き込む 前に、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記暗号キーを生成する設定情報 生成部を備えた [14] The wireless communication setting information includes an encryption key for the wireless communication, and before the wireless communication setting information is written in the wireless setting information storage unit of the wireless device, A setting information generation unit for generating at least the encryption key;
ことを特徴とする請求項 9に記載の画像投影装置。  The image projector according to claim 9, wherein:
[15] 前記設定情報生成部は、 [15] The setting information generator
当該画像投影装置の電源が ONとなる毎に、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少な くとも前記暗号キーを生成して更新する  Each time the image projector is turned on, at least the encryption key is generated and updated in the wireless communication setting information.
ことを特徴とする請求項 14に記載の画像投影装置。  15. The image projecting device according to claim 14, wherein
[16] 前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記暗号キーを生成して更新する動作 を指示する更新指示操作部を備え、 [16] An update instruction operation unit that instructs an operation of generating and updating at least the encryption key in the setting information of the wireless communication,
前記設定情報生成部は、  The setting information generation unit
前記更新操作部が操作される毎に、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前 記暗号キーを生成して更新する  Each time the update operation unit is operated, at least the encryption key of the wireless communication setting information is generated and updated.
ことを特徴とする請求項 14に記載の画像投影装置。  15. The image projecting device according to claim 14, wherein
[17] 前記設定情報生成部は、 [17] The setting information generation unit includes:
前記無線部を介して前記コンピュータ装置との通信が行われない期間が所定期間 以上となったとき、前記無線通信の設定情報のうち少なくとも前記暗号キーを生成し て更新する  When at least a predetermined period of time during which communication with the computer apparatus is not performed via the wireless unit is greater than or equal to a predetermined period, at least the encryption key is generated and updated in the wireless communication setting information
ことを特徴とする請求項 14に記載の画像投影装置。  15. The image projecting device according to claim 14, wherein
[18] 前記無線通信の設定情報には、前記無線デバイスにおける無線通信部を機能さ せる有効期間を含み、 [18] The wireless communication setting information includes an effective period for functioning a wireless communication unit in the wireless device,
前記設定情報生成部は、前記有効期間を生成する  The setting information generation unit generates the valid period
ことを特徴とする請求項 14に記載の画像投影装置。  15. The image projecting device according to claim 14, wherein
[19] 外部のコンピュータ装置から無線通信により送信される画像データを受信する無線 部を有し、前記画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、この画像投影 装置の動作を遠隔制御する遠隔操作装置と、前記コンピュータ装置及び前記遠隔 操作装置のレ、ずれにも通信接続可能なデバイスとを備えた画像投影システムにおレ、 て、 [19] An image projection device that has a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication, projects an image according to the image data, and remotely controls the operation of the image projection device An image projection system comprising a remote operation device and a device capable of communication connection even when the computer device and the remote operation device are misaligned. And
前記遠隔操作装置は、  The remote control device is:
前記画像投影装置と前記コンピュータ装置間の無線通信に必要な無線設定情報 を生成する無線設定情報生成部と、  A wireless setting information generating unit that generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device and the computer device;
所定のタイミングで前記無線設定情報を前記デバイスに書き込む無線設定情報書 込部と、  A wireless setting information writing unit for writing the wireless setting information to the device at a predetermined timing;
前記デバイスに書き込んだ無線設定情報を前記画像投影装置へ通知する通知部 と、を有し、  A notification unit for notifying the image projection device of wireless setting information written in the device;
前記デバイスは、  The device is
前記遠隔操作装置によって書き込まれた前記無線設定情報を前記コンピュータ装 置へ出力する制御部を有する  A controller that outputs the wireless setting information written by the remote control device to the computer device;
ことを特徴とする画像投影システム。  An image projection system characterized by that.
[20] 前記遠隔操作装置は、 [20] The remote control device includes:
前記デバイスと接続するコネクタを有し、  A connector for connecting to the device;
前記無線設定情報書込部は、  The wireless setting information writing unit
前記無線設定情報を前記コネクタを介して前記デバイスに書き込む  Write the wireless setting information to the device via the connector
ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。  20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein:
[21] 前記無線設定情報生成部は、 [21] The wireless setting information generation unit includes:
前記コネクタに前記デバイスが接続されたとき、前記無線設定情報を更新する ことを特徴とする請求項 20に記載の画像投影システム。  The image projection system according to claim 20, wherein the wireless setting information is updated when the device is connected to the connector.
[22] 前記所定のタイミングは、前記コネクタに前記デバイスが接続されたことを検出した ときであることを特徴とする請求項 20に記載の画像投影システム。 22. The image projection system according to claim 20, wherein the predetermined timing is when it is detected that the device is connected to the connector.
[23] 前記遠隔操作装置は、ワイヤレス信号を送信するワイヤレス送信部を有し、前記デ ノ イスは前記遠隔操作装置からのワイヤレス信号を受信するワイヤレス受信部を有し ており、 [23] The remote control device includes a wireless transmission unit that transmits a wireless signal, and the device includes a wireless reception unit that receives a wireless signal from the remote control device,
前記無線設定情報書込部は、  The wireless setting information writing unit
前記デバイスへワイヤレス信号により前記無線設定情報を送信することによって、 前記デバイスへの前記無線設定情報の書き込みを行う ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。 The wireless setting information is written to the device by transmitting the wireless setting information to the device by a wireless signal. 20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein:
[24] 前記遠隔操作装置は、 [24] The remote control device includes:
前記画像投影装置の起動指示及び/又は停止指示を行うための起動制御指示部 を有し、  A start control instruction unit for instructing start and / or stop of the image projection device,
前記無線設定情報生成部は、  The wireless setting information generation unit
前記起動制御指示部が操作されたとき、前記無線設定情報を更新する ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。  20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein the wireless setting information is updated when the activation control instruction unit is operated.
[25] 前記所定のタイミングは、前記起動制御指示部が操作されたときである [25] The predetermined timing is when the activation control instruction unit is operated.
ことを特徴とする請求項 24に記載の画像投影システム。  25. The image projection system according to claim 24.
[26] 前記デバイスは、 [26]
前記コンピュータ装置に接続するコネクタと、  A connector connected to the computer device;
前記コネクタを前記コンピュータ装置に接続したときに、前記遠隔操作装置から書 き込まれた前記無線設定情報に基づいた設定により前記画像投影装置の無線部と 通信を行う無線通信部と、  A wireless communication unit that communicates with the wireless unit of the image projection device by setting based on the wireless setting information written from the remote control device when the connector is connected to the computer device;
画像データを前記無線通信部を介して前記画像投影装置へ送信する画像送信手 段としての機能を前記コンピュータ装置に実行させるプログラムを格納するプログラム 格納部と、を有する  A program storage unit that stores a program that causes the computer device to execute a function as an image transmission unit that transmits image data to the image projection device via the wireless communication unit.
ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。  20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein:
[27] 前記無線設定情報には、前記無線通信部を機能させる有効時間を含み [27] The wireless setting information includes an effective time for causing the wireless communication unit to function.
前記画像送信手段は、前記有効時間が経過したと判定すると、前記無線通信部の 機能を停止する  When the image transmission means determines that the effective time has elapsed, the image transmission means stops the function of the wireless communication unit.
ことを特徴とする請求項 26に記載の画像投影システム。  27. The image projection system according to claim 26.
[28] 前記画像投影装置は、 [28] The image projection device comprises:
前記遠隔操作装置からのワイヤレス信号を受信するワイヤレス受信部と、 前記遠隔操作装置から前記ワイヤレス受信部を介して前記無線設定情報を受信す ると、前記無線部を動作状態にし、その後前記無線部を介して前記コンピュータ装置 と無線通信中か否かを判定し、前記コンピュータ装置と無線通信中ではないと判定し た状態が一定状態継続したとき、前記無線部を非動作状態にする制御部と、 を有する A wireless reception unit that receives a wireless signal from the remote control device; and when the wireless setting information is received from the remote control device via the wireless reception unit, the wireless unit is set in an operating state, and then the wireless unit A control unit that determines whether or not wireless communication is being performed with the computer device via the network, and that when the state that is determined not to be wireless communication with the computer device continues for a certain state, , Have
ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。  20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein:
[29] 前記遠隔操作装置は、 [29] The remote control device includes:
前記無線設定情報書込部によって同一の前記無線設定情報を前記デバイスに書 き込むことができる書き込み回数を設定する書き込み回数設定部を有し、  A write number setting unit for setting the number of times that the same wireless setting information can be written to the device by the wireless setting information writing unit;
前記無線設定情報生成部は、前記無線設定情報書込部によって前記無線設定情 報が前記書き込み回数を超えたとき、前記無線設定情報の更新を行う  The wireless setting information generation unit updates the wireless setting information when the wireless setting information writing unit exceeds the number of times of writing.
ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。  20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein:
[30] 前記遠隔操作装置は、 [30] The remote control device includes:
前記無線設定情報生成部による前記無線設定情報の更新を抑制する更新抑制部 を有し、  An update suppressing unit that suppresses updating of the wireless setting information by the wireless setting information generating unit;
前記無線設定情報生成部は、前記更新抑制部が操作されたことを検出すると、前 記無線設定情報の更新を行わなレヽ  When the wireless setting information generation unit detects that the update suppression unit is operated, the wireless setting information generation unit does not update the wireless setting information.
ことを特徴とする請求項 19に記載の画像投影システム。  20. The image projection system according to claim 19, wherein:
[31] 外部のコンピュータ装置から無線通信により送信される画像データを受信する無線 部を有し、前記画像データに応じた画像を投影する画像投影装置と、この画像投影 装置の動作を遠隔制御する遠隔操作装置と、前記コンピュータ装置及び前記遠隔 操作装置のいずれにも接続可能なデバイスとを備えた画像投影システムにおける前 記遠隔操作装置において、 [31] An image projection device that has a wireless unit that receives image data transmitted from an external computer device by wireless communication, projects an image according to the image data, and remotely controls the operation of the image projection device In the remote operation device described above in an image projection system comprising a remote operation device and a device connectable to both the computer device and the remote operation device.
前記画像投影装置と前記コンピュータ装置間の無線通信に必要な無線設定情報 を生成する無線設定情報生成部と、  A wireless setting information generating unit that generates wireless setting information necessary for wireless communication between the image projection device and the computer device;
所定のタイミングで前記無線設定情報を前記デバイスに書き込む無線設定情報書 込部と、  A wireless setting information writing unit for writing the wireless setting information to the device at a predetermined timing;
前記デバイスに書き込んだ無線設定情報を前記画像投影装置へ通知する通知部 と、を有することを特徴とする遠隔操作装置。  A remote control device comprising: a notification unit that notifies the image projection device of wireless setting information written to the device.
PCT/JP2007/068711 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Radio device, image projection device, remote operation device, and image projection system WO2008041591A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-270125 2006-09-29
JP2006270125A JP2008090561A (en) 2006-09-29 2006-09-29 Radio device, image projector, and image projection system
JP2006-355391 2006-12-28
JP2006355391A JP2008165007A (en) 2006-12-28 2006-12-28 Remote operation device of remotely controlling image projection device, and image projection system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008041591A1 true WO2008041591A1 (en) 2008-04-10

Family

ID=39268453

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/068711 WO2008041591A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2007-09-26 Radio device, image projection device, remote operation device, and image projection system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2008041591A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2011109217A (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-06-02 Panasonic Corp Wireless projector device and wireless lan adapter
US8437278B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2013-05-07 Seiko Epson Corporation Service providing apparatus for digital processing service, wireless communication system, and wireless communication method
US8608318B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2013-12-17 Panasonic Corporation Wireless projector apparatus and wireless LAN adapter
CN111654742A (en) * 2020-06-18 2020-09-11 中电长城(长沙)信息技术有限公司 Remote intelligent linkage screen projection method and system
US20220272212A1 (en) * 2021-02-19 2022-08-25 Seiko Epson Corporation Communication system, method for controlling communication system, and information processing device

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002091709A (en) * 2000-09-18 2002-03-29 Toshiba Corp Electronic equipment system, card type electronic component and communication method
WO2004039008A1 (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-05-06 Logitec Corporation Data communication system
JP2004173208A (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-17 Canon Inc Communication method
JP2005285091A (en) * 2004-03-04 2005-10-13 Sony Corp Image display device, information terminal device, network system and network setting method
JP2005292880A (en) * 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Fujitsu Ltd Connection setting item setting device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002091709A (en) * 2000-09-18 2002-03-29 Toshiba Corp Electronic equipment system, card type electronic component and communication method
WO2004039008A1 (en) * 2002-10-22 2004-05-06 Logitec Corporation Data communication system
JP2004173208A (en) * 2002-11-22 2004-06-17 Canon Inc Communication method
JP2005285091A (en) * 2004-03-04 2005-10-13 Sony Corp Image display device, information terminal device, network system and network setting method
JP2005292880A (en) * 2004-03-31 2005-10-20 Fujitsu Ltd Connection setting item setting device

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8437278B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2013-05-07 Seiko Epson Corporation Service providing apparatus for digital processing service, wireless communication system, and wireless communication method
JP2011109217A (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-06-02 Panasonic Corp Wireless projector device and wireless lan adapter
US8608318B2 (en) 2009-11-13 2013-12-17 Panasonic Corporation Wireless projector apparatus and wireless LAN adapter
CN111654742A (en) * 2020-06-18 2020-09-11 中电长城(长沙)信息技术有限公司 Remote intelligent linkage screen projection method and system
CN111654742B (en) * 2020-06-18 2022-06-28 中电长城(长沙)信息技术有限公司 Remote intelligent linkage screen projection method and system
US20220272212A1 (en) * 2021-02-19 2022-08-25 Seiko Epson Corporation Communication system, method for controlling communication system, and information processing device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2008090561A (en) Radio device, image projector, and image projection system
JP2008165007A (en) Remote operation device of remotely controlling image projection device, and image projection system
JP4165512B2 (en) Wireless LAN terminal device search method, wireless LAN terminal device search system using the search method, and wireless LAN terminal device search program
JP2006309297A (en) Conference reservation system and projector
WO2008041591A1 (en) Radio device, image projection device, remote operation device, and image projection system
JP6188944B2 (en) Wireless docking system
JP2010187168A (en) Wireless projector
JP2013135393A (en) Control device, control method therefor, control program therefor, target control device, control method therefor, control program therefor, and remote operation system
US20150279307A1 (en) Display device and control method for display device
JP6094109B2 (en) Display device, display system, and display device control method
JP2007122993A (en) Illumination apparatus connector and its program
JP5616438B2 (en) Network communication system
JP2010217825A (en) Projection type image display device
JP2008035426A (en) Communication control apparatus, image display device, image generator, communication control system, and communication control method and program
JP2006352188A (en) Wireless lan communication apparatus and operation switching method
JP2006046688A (en) Air conditioner
JP2005202754A (en) Presentation system
JP2010176053A (en) Projection type image display device
WO2010113256A1 (en) Video display system and adapter
JP2008109592A (en) Communication control apparatus, image display device, image generator, communication control system, communication control method, and program
JP2011109217A (en) Wireless projector device and wireless lan adapter
JP6679116B2 (en) Projector having wireless LAN terminal function, wireless LAN connection method of the projector, and projection system
JP2015220629A (en) Electronic equipment and communication method
JP6570414B2 (en) COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM
TWI748429B (en) Pairing method of wireless communications and pairing system of wireless communications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07828457

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07828457

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1